Archives

Hemorrhoids: A Sensitive Subject

Learning Objectives

  After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
4. ANALYZE a patient's need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview
After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:
1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
2.RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
3.DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

Male pharmacist counseling an elderly female patient on a medication.

Release Date:

Release Date:  December 15, 2024

Expiration Date: December 15, 2027

Course Fee

Pharmacist $7

Pharmacy Technician $4

There is no funding for this CPE activity.

ACPE UANs

Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P

Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-T

Session Codes

Pharmacist:  24YC52-HLK20

Pharmacy Technician:  24YC52-KLH18

Accreditation Hours

2.0 hours of CE

Accreditation Statements

The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

 

Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

Faculty

Catherine Koivisto, RPh
Wal-Mart Pharmacy
Woodstock, CT


 

Faculty Disclosure

In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

Dr. Koivisto has no financial relationships with ineligible companies.

ABSTRACT

Hemorrhoids are completely natural anatomical structures that aid in the process of defecation. Hemorrhoidal disease results when hemorrhoids bleed or become swollen and prolapsed, leading to irritation and discomfort. Hemorrhoidal disease affects millions of people across the globe. Lifestyle changes and dietary modifications are often sufficient to resolve less severe cases. Over-the-counter treatment options provide moderate relief. More serious cases may require in-office or surgical procedures for removal. Certain acute and chronic medical conditions may contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoidal disease. Situations exist in which symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease may mask underlying disease states leading to misdiagnosis and life-threatening complications. Patients may be reluctant to seek advice due to the sensitive nature of the topic. When patients do seek help, the pharmacy team can remind them that it is quite a common issue that should be addressed.

CONTENT

Content

INTRODUCTION

Hemorrhoids are often the “butt” of a joke. Some people also use the term “hemorrhoid” in a derogatory fashion to describe someone or something that is a “pain in the butt.” While amusing in this sense, hemorrhoids are no laughing matter. Hemorrhoids have plagued millions of adults from all levels of society and have been a documented complaint throughout the history of medicine. Fortunately, hemorrhoids are typically mild and manageable and may resolve without intervention.

With access to medication profiles, community pharmacists often have insight into a patients’ overall health and wellness. This gives them the unique advantage of knowing what disease states patients may have, and current medications that may put patients at a higher risk for hemorrhoidal disease. When patients seek advice on their first experience with hemorrhoids or express frustration over a recurring struggle with hemorrhoids, pharmacists need sufficient background knowledge to make an appropriate recommendation. Pharmacists should make the decision to suggest self-care or over-the-counter (OTC) treatment as opposed to referral to a physician based on information provided by the patient. Patients may be hesitant to discuss such a delicate topic. Pharmacists should be compassionate, discreet, and respectful when counseling. Emphasizing the incredibly widespread occurrence of hemorrhoids will help reduce any anxiety associated with addressing the issue. Patients may first approach technicians asking for guidance with products the pharmacy has available. Technicians need to be able to assist in locating products or referring to the pharmacist for recommendations.

Hemorrhoids affect a staggering number of people. Approximately 10 million people report the presence of hemorrhoids annually. That is roughly 4.4% of the population.1 An exact number is difficult to determine, as patients often do not report the issue or seek medical care unless they are symptomatic.2 Hemorrhoids primarily affect adults between the ages of 45 to 65 years. When considering healthy adults, the incidence between sexes is similar.1 It is rare for hemorrhoids to occur in patients younger than the age of 20. Hemorrhoids occur more often in White people than in Black people. Socioeconomic status also impacts the likelihood of hemorrhoids with those of a higher socioeconomic status having a higher incidence.3 This may explain the higher prevalence of hemorrhoids in developed countries compared to developing countries. Some researchers speculate that cultural differences in toilet habits in developing countries play a part in the reduced frequency.4

ANATOMY AND PATHOLOGY

Hemorrhoids occur naturally. They provide a cushion which, along with the internal anal sphincter, aids in defecation. The dentate line is an anatomical structure that separates the rectum and the anus. Internal hemorrhoids develop above the dentate line. Internal hemorrhoids can swell, then prolapse and appear below the dentate line. When this occurs, they are now considered external hemorrhoids. The hemorrhoidal plexus is a group of blood vessels that provides the blood supply. The hemorrhoidal plexus is also classified as external or internal depending on its physical relation to the dentate line.5

Hemorrhoids are typically asymptomatic, but hemorrhoidal disease is the condition that arises when hemorrhoids become symptomatic. Hemorrhoidal disease results from enlarged and displaced hemorrhoids, which are a consequence of weakened supportive connective tissue.6 If the connective tissue becomes compromised, it can cause prolapse of the hemorrhoidal tissue. The most reported initial symptom is bright red blood in the stool. Patients also complain of itching and fecal soiling (involuntary or voluntary passing of stool into inappropriate places).7

Risk factors that play a part in connective tissue weakening include constipation, sedentary lifestyle, dietary choices, certain acute and chronic medical conditions, toilet habits, and family history. Constipation is the most discussed risk factor for hemorrhoidal disease. Constipation typically leads to straining during defecation and longer amounts of time spent on the toilet. In addition to reading, the modern-day habit of scrolling on cell phones while on the toilet compounds the issue.8,9

Hemorrhoidal disease involves the pathological progression of hemorrhoids to a potentially serious situation where rectal bleeding occurs, and pain and irritation develop. Whether in conjunction with a chronic disease or because of an acute condition, hemorrhoidal disease can significantly impact a patient's quality of life. Treatment options range from simple to complex and sometimes even outright bizarre. In some instances, hemorrhoids may not respond to conservative measures. In-office procedures and surgical options are available for more critical cases. Practitioners elect the appropriate procedure based on hemorrhoid classification and patient eligibility depending on the presence or absence of contraindications.

PAUSE AND PONDER: What characteristics differentiate the types of hemorrhoids?

Hemorrhoids Can Be Internal or External

Internal hemorrhoids (i.e., those that develop proximal to the dentate line) are typically not painful and rarely clot or thrombose (a clot that reduces but does not obstruct blood flow).10 Bleeding is the primary sign that internal hemorrhoids exist and most often occurs with defecation.1 Internal and external hemorrhoids also differ symptomatically. Patients tend to self-report external hemorrhoids more often than internal hemorrhoids because of the general discomfort they experience. Somatic nerves, which supply the perianal skin, innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain.1

The Goligher system, first proposed in 1980, further classifies and categorizes internal hemorrhoids based on severity and degree of prolapse.11 Table 1 describes four grades of internal hemorrhoids based on this classification.12

TABLE 1. The Goligher system12
GRADE Description
1 Bleeding, non-prolapsed
2 Prolapse on straining, but reduce spontaneously
3 Prolapse, requires manual reduction
4 Irreducibly prolapsing

 

The Goligher system, while widely used, may be outdated and has its limitations. It does not consider the patient’s level of discomfort or related symptoms such as pain, itching, and soiling. The Goligher system also fails to account for other physical characteristics of the hemorrhoids, such as if they are isolated or circumferential (located around the anus). Providers should include these factors as part of the decision-making process when selecting treatment or determining if surgical intervention is necessary.13

The first and second stages typically necessitate medical treatment or in-office procedures, and the third and fourth stages often require conventional surgery. Personal, subjective matters are not part of the Goligher classification process. Given these inadequacies, subject matter experts have attempted to revamp the classification process to be more inclusive so that patient-specific criteria determines the treatment plan.11

Another classification system known as “BPRST” evaluates five characteristics: Bleeding, Prolapse, Reduction, Skin tags, and Thrombosis. 11

  • Bleeding: assigned a 0 or 1 depending on the presence or absence of bleeding (e.g, B0 or B1)
  • Prolapse: assigned a 0, 1, 2, etc. depending on the presence of prolapse and the number of piles affected. P0, P1, etc.
  • Reduction: assigned a 0, 1, 2 according to reducibility. 0 for spontaneous, 1 for manual, 2 for irreducible.
  • Skin Tags: assigned 0 or 1 for existence of symptomatic skin tags.
  • Thrombosis: assigned 0 for absence of thrombosis and 1 for acute thrombosis.

The assessing clinician determines the presence or absence of these characteristics and quantifies them when appropriate. The BPRST classification system places patients into one of three clinical stages based on those physical findings. The clinical stage the patient is in determines recommended treatment options.

“A/CTC” or Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification aims to find a correlation between anatomical features, symptoms, existing disease states, contraindications, and specific treatment or surgery. This process cross-references patient characteristics against the indications for each procedure to find the best procedure for each patient, ensuring a successful outcome. This method also reduces the chances of recurrence and complications by matching patients to the most appropriate procedures based on individual situations rather than by a single feature.14

In addition to lifestyle factors, certain acute and chronic medical conditions can also elevate a person’s risk of hemorrhoidal disease. One of the most problematic acute conditions is pregnancy. Hemorrhoids occur frequently during pregnancy, becoming more common during the third trimester. This is because increased intra-abdominal pressure occurs with enlargement of the uterus resulting in increased vascular engorgement (increased fluid in the uterus that causes tissues to swell or stretch). As the fetus grows and develops, the uterus also grows resulting in added weight increasing the pressure. This causes engorgement of the blood vessels. Frequently, hemorrhoids continue into the post-partum period, as the straining and pushing during labor and delivery further aggravates existing hemorrhoids.15

Chronic medical conditions can also make patients more vulnerable to hemorrhoidal disease. Typically, chronic conditions that result in hemorrhoidal disease are those that increase frequency of either constipation or incontinence (inability to control defecation), like Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis.16 Additionally, a condition called neurogenic bowel dysfunction can occur in patients suffering from Parkinson’s disease or multiple sclerosis and those with spinal cord injuries. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction results in constipation and fecal incontinence. Parkinsons patients may experience this bowel dysfunction before the onset of neurological symptoms.17

PAUSE AND PONDER: What situations or consequences may arise when symptoms are assumed to be hemorrhoids?

Medical Conditions Masquerading as Hemorrhoids

Hemorrhoids are such a common issue that the possibility exists for underlying serious issues being overlooked or misdiagnosed. Misdiagnosis can have life threatening consequences. Hemorrhoids can mask symptoms of colon cancer causing a delay in or complete failure to make a diagnosis.18 When a family history of colon cancer exists or in the presence of problematic symptoms such as pain, tenderness, dark red blood, or anemia, experts recommend a colonoscopy to rule out colorectal cancer.10 For example, a case study describes a patient who presented with rectal bleeding and pain during defecation and was sadly misdiagnosed and treated for prolapsed hemorrhoids when the correct diagnosis was anal canal melanoma, an extremely rare cancer.19

Crohn’s disease—a chronic inflammatory bowel disease affecting digestive tract—presents with signs and symptoms that can be confused with hemorrhoids.20 Crohn’s disease can affect different areas of the gastrointestinal tract resulting in differences in presentation. Symptoms may include chronic constipation and diarrhea, both of which can contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoids. Along with constipation and diarrhea, skin tags (small, benign skin growths that are not harmful but may be removed for cosmetic or irritation reasons) are also commonly associated with Crohn’s disease. The appearance of skin tags can be confused with hemorrhoids. Clinical signs of skin tags can include rectal bleeding that occurs with defecation and spotting of blood that occurs with straining, which are also symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease.20

Patients with cirrhosis of the liver (scarring and dysfunction from chronic damage) can suffer from a correlating condition called portal hypertension (elevated blood pressure in the veins that drain blood from the stomach, intestines, pancreas, and spleen into the liver). Portal hypertension can lead to anorectal varices. Anorectal varices can bleed, thereby mimicking bleeding from hemorrhoids. It is important to ensure that the cause of bleeding is determined to be hemorrhoids as opposed to anorectal varices so that an underlying condition such as cirrhosis is not overlooked.9

Less commonly reported anorectal issues misdiagnosed as hemorrhoids include21

  • anal fissure: a tear in the lining of the anus that can cause pain and bleeding during bowel movements
  • rectal prolapse: a condition where the rectum protrudes through the anus
  • anorectal abscess: pus filled mass in the anorectal area caused by infection
  • perianal necrotizing fasciitis: bacterial infection that destroys soft tissue
  • proctitis: inflammation in the rectum. Unprotected anal receptive intercourse can result in sexually transmitted proctitis. Symptoms of sexually transmitted proctitis include anal pain and discharge resembling hemorrhoidal symptoms.

CONSERVATIVE HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

Pharmacologic Treatment

For patients who seek medical advice for hemorrhoids, multiple options are available for treatment.22 Depending on hemorrhoid severity or grade, the choices differ. Upon recognizing a benign case of hemorrhoids, the clinician and the patient may decide against any treatment at all using shared decision-making. Patients who are bothered by irritation and swelling can use at-home care or OTC preparations. OTC preparations typically consist of a combination of topical steroids to help with inflammation, anesthetics or numbing agents, vasoconstrictors to reduce blood flow, astringents, analgesics for pain, an antipruritic to help with itch, protectants to prevent further irritation, and a keratolytic to dissolve flaky or scaly skin.22

In the community pharmacy, hemorrhoidal treatments are most often located with products used to treat mild gastrointestinal issues. One size does not fit all when it comes to hemorrhoidal treatment: individual patient factors impact product selection. Prescription strength products are also available but typically contain a similar combination of ingredients as the OTC options. (See Table 2.)

Table 2. Active Ingredients of Hemorrhoidal Treatments22

Ingredient(s) Class Routes of Administration RX and/

or OTC

Comments
Phenylephrine Vasoconstrictor Suppository

Ointment

Gel

OTC Caution use in patients with BPH, CVD, HTN, thyroid disease
Benzocaine

Dibucaine

Lidocaine

Pramoxine

Anesthetics

 

Cream

Ointment

Gel

RX and OTC Possibility of allergic reactions; may mask pain related to more serious condition; often used in combination products.
Calamine

Witch Hazel

Zinc oxide

Astringents Wipe

Suppository

Cream

Ointment

OTC Witch hazel for external use only; can cause dryness
Hydrocortisone Corticosteroid Cream

Ointment

Suppository

Foam

RX and OTC The only corticosteroid approved for use; available in RX strength suppository and in combination with pramoxine as RX foam
Cocoa butter

Glycerin

Lanolin

Mineral oil

Protectants Cream

Suppository

Ointment

OTC Primarily only in combination products

ABBREVIATIONS: BPH: benign prostatic hyperplasia, CVD: Cardiovascular disease, HTN: Hypertension

 

While topical treatments, lifestyle changes, and surgical or office-based procedures are the standard of care, oral therapy also has a place in the treatment of internal hemorrhoids. The primary class of oral therapy is phlebotonics. Phlebotonics contain plant-based ingredients called flavonoids. Researchers theorize they improve vascular tone, reduce inflammation and edema, and enhance lymphatic drainage.23

Micronized purified flavonoid fraction (MPFF) is an example of an available phlebotonic. It is an oral supplement used in the management of hemorrhoidal disease to effectively relieve acute symptoms including pain, itching, and bleeding.12 MPFF can also be used to help with bleeding, swelling and discharge following hemorrhoidectomy. MPFF contains the flavonoids diosmin and hesperidin. The optimal dose of this product is unclear, but doses range from 1000 mg per day in divided doses for a short duration (3 months) to 1000 mg three times daily for acute hemorrhoid flares, gradually tapering to 1000 mg twice daily. Diosmin should not be used in children or in pregnant women due to the lack of data supporting the safety of use in these populations.24 MPFF can be found in OTC supplements in lower concentrations. These supplements claim to be beneficial for hemorrhoids and vein health. A search of “MPFF” at online retailers reveals a multitude of supplements with varying concentrations of MPFF.

Calcium dobesilate, which is typically used for chronic venous insufficiency and diabetic retinopathy, has shown some efficacy in reducing inflammation and bleeding in acute incidents of hemorrhoidal disease.12 Calcium dobesilate with fiber supplementation reduces inflammation of hemorrhoids.25 Although not available in the United States, calcium dobesilate is a synthetic compound available in many other countries.26

Non-Pharmacologic Treatment and Prevention

At-home care is a good option for occasional hemorrhoid flare-ups. For patients who deal with hemorrhoids chronically, prevention is key. Simple lifestyle changes can often have a significant impact on hemorrhoid recurrence and frequency. Addressing any existing primary risk factors is the best place to start. The most common recommendations include increasing hydration, increasing fiber intake, and reducing strain while defecating.10

Constipation leads to straining and more time spent on the toilet. Fiber intake and hydration are essential in preventing constipation. Dietary fiber is severely lacking in the modern American diet. Current guidelines recommend 25 to 40 grams of fiber per day, but most Americans average an intake of less than half that amount.27 Fiber supplementation reduces the risk of bleeding by as much as 50%.10 Increasing hydration is also essential to improving bowel consistency and maintaining soft stools.

Individuals affected by hemorrhoids should also limit alcohol and caffeine consumption due to their dehydrating characteristics. Spicy foods may be problematic for some patients, but a direct correlation has not been found.12,28

Research also implicates sedentary lifestyle as a contributor to the risk of hemorrhoidal disease. In addition to improving overall health, physical activity also reduces the risks of obesity and constipation. Patients who are overweight or obese are more likely to develop hemorrhoids and hemorrhoidal disease and would benefit from aerobic exercise such as walking or swimming. The choice of activity should not put further pressure on the anal veins. Therefore, activities that involve heavy lifting should be avoided.29 Table 3 summarizes the “dos and don’ts” of conservative hemorrhoid management.

Table 3. Dos and Don’ts of Hemorrhoidal Disease27,29,30

                 Do               Don’t
  • Increase aerobic exercise
  • Increase hydration
  • Increase fiber intake
  • Mimic the squatting position when on the toilet
  • Use soft toilet paper
  • Use salt or sitz baths for good hygiene
  • Use ice packs or cold compresses
  • Wear cotton underwear

 

 

  • Use donut cushions
  • Spend long periods of time on the toilet reading, scrolling on phone, etc.
  • Use laxatives chronically (can lead to constipation)
  • Conduct activities that can worsen pressure in anal veins (e.g., horseback riding, cycling, heavy lifting, rowing)
  • Use topical steroids for long periods of time (can cause thinning of perianal skin and dermatitis)
  • Use harsh cleansing wipes

 

 

IN-OFFICE AND SURGICAL PROCEDURES

Surgeries and less complex procedures performed in the practitioner’s office are available for those patients who fail conservative therapies. Out of the population of patients seeking treatment for hemorrhoids, roughly 10% will require surgical intervention.31 The severity or grade of the internal hemorrhoid, the patient’s degree of discomfort, and individual patient characteristics such as correlating disease states or risk factors determine the choice of procedure. Diet and lifestyle changes should be recommended to all patients and may be sufficient to resolve symptoms in patients with grade 1 hemorrhoids. Minimally invasive treatment options are available for patients with persistent symptoms in grade 2 hemorrhoids. Those patients with grades 3 or 4 appear to benefit most from surgical procedures. Surgery continues to be the standard treatment for these patients.32 The procedures differ significantly in recovery time required, possibility of recurrence, and degree of pain.2,33

External hemorrhoidal thrombosis is approached differently and can cause extreme pain. Conservative measures are similar to those recommended for internal hemorrhoids and include sitz baths, increased dietary fiber, analgesics, and increased fluid intake.34 Surgical treatment—either drainage or excision—is the best recommendation when severe pain is present and conservative methods are unsuccessful. Recurrence is frequent following excision of external hemorrhoidal thrombosis but patients typically experience a higher incidence of pain following the procedure.34 The following procedures are indicated for internal hemorrhoids.

In-Office Procedures

Rubber band ligation is an option for hemorrhoids grades 1 through 3 and is often the first choice when patients seek medical intervention for hemorrhoids. One advantage of rubber band ligation is that it can be performed in the practitioner’s office. As the name implies, it involves putting a small rubber band around a hemorrhoid to cut off its blood supply. This results in fibrosis and eventually (after about a week), the hemorrhoid dries, hardens, and falls off. Post procedure complications include bleeding and pain that can be severe lasting for a couple of days. Bleeding can be problematic for patients on antithrombotic medication (blood thinners), and pelvic sepsis (infection) is a rare complication. Recurrence rates range from 6.6% to 18%, however long-term efficacy is superior to sclerotherapy and infrared coagulation.35

Injection sclerotherapy is performed in outpatient clinics with local anesthesia. It is generally used for grades 2 through 4 of internal hemorrhoids.32 The procedure involves injecting a sclerosant—a substance that causes blood vessels to shrink, often aluminum potassium sulfate and tannic acid—into the connective tissue layer around the pedicle (root) of the hemorrhoid. The sclerosant causes local inflammation which results in reduced blood flow to the hemorrhoid. An advantage of injection sclerotherapy is that it is associated with fewer complications and less pain than rubber band ligation. Unfortunately, it also has a lower success rate. Recurrence rates are high, but due to the safety profile and general ease of the procedure, it can be repeated if necessary.10,36

Infrared coagulation is an in-office, endoscopic procedure primarily indicated for lower grade symptomatic internal hemorrhoids. The practitioner directs a probe of infrared light at a predetermined depth targeting individual hemorrhoids. The light is converted to heat, which causes tissue destruction, inflammation, and eventually fibrosis.37 In addition, the pressure applied by the probe itself reduces blood flow to the area and helps to bring vessels closer to the surface. This small amount of energy contributes to the desired coagulation (clotting).38 Infrared coagulation is as effective as rubber band ligation in the short term but carries a higher incidence of recurrence due to the minimal tissue destruction. Despite increased recurrence rates, patients tend to prefer infrared coagulation given its lower incidence of post procedure pain and shorter recovery time. Infrared coagulation also has minimal complications, with bleeding, ulceration, and dermatitis being the most reported.32

Surgical Options

Conventional hemorrhoidectomy is the surgical removal of prolapsed hemorrhoids and can be characterized as “open” or “closed.” Open hemorrhoidectomy is referred to as the Milligan-Morgan method. This method involves surgical excision of the hemorrhoid from the underlying anal sphincter. The surgeon stops blood supply to the hemorrhoid by tying off the blood vessel at its root. Upon completing this procedure, the wound remains open, giving the procedure its name. Providers can use various instruments for this procedure, including scissors, a scalpel, linear staples, a laser, radiofrequency, and electrocautery.39 One device does not appear to have an advantage over any another.31

Closed hemorrhoidectomy is called Ferguson hemorrhoidectomy. Procedurally, this method is similar to the open procedure. The primary difference, as the name would imply, is that following the closed hemorrhoidectomy, the surgeon closes the wound, typically with an absorbable suture.31,39 Pain is a concern, naturally, for patients faced with the prospect of hemorrhoidal surgery. Changes in the device used to perform the excision in closed hemorrhoidectomy has reduced post-operative pain, but it continues to be an issue. This is in addition to prolonged wound healing and a longer time to return to normal activities.13 Both methods come with their share of complications. The most problematic are urinary retention, bleeding, anal stenosis (narrowing), infection, and incontinence.31 Sepsis is rare but possible and can be life-threatening.39

Stapled hemorrhoidopexy is a surgical procedure also referred to as the Longo Procedure or procedure for prolapse and hemorrhoids (PPH). It is indicated for patients with second stage hemorrhoids who are unresponsive to non-surgical methods and patients with third and fourth stage hemorrhoids.31 This procedure repositions rather than removes hemorrhoidal tissue. Loose mucosal tissue which is involved in the prolapse of the hemorrhoids is removed. A circular stapler then excises the mucosa above the dentate line in a circumferential ring.13 The stapling results in an anastomosis, or connection, of mucosa to mucosa, causing the hemorrhoidal tissue to be lifted back into place.2 This connection interrupts the arteries supplying the blood flow thereby reducing engorgement (swelling). 39,40 Because the incision occurs above the dentate line, the patient does not have an external surgical wound or trauma to the anal mucosa or anoderm (skin-like tissue that lines the lower part of the anal canal).39 An advantage of stapled hemorrhoidopexy is reduced post-operative pain because the excision is performed where there are very few sensitive receptors.39 Overall recovery time and time to return to normal activities are also shorter than with conventional hemorrhoidectomy. One downside to the procedure is a greater incidence of recurrence and prolapse.31 Complications from stapled hemorrhoidopexy are like those of conventional hemorrhoidectomy and include bleeding, urinary retention, incontinence, anal stenosis, and, rarely, sepsis.39

Hemorrhoidal artery ligation is also referred to as hemorrhoidal dearterialization. In hemorrhoidal disease, arterial blood flow increases, so hemorrhoidal artery ligation involves reducing blood supply to the hemorrhoidal plexus. It is indicated for hemorrhoids of grades 2, 3, and 4. It is minimally invasive and is commonly performed as a day surgery.41 The surgeon uses a proctoscope (a medical instrument used to examine the inside of the rectum and anus) with a Doppler transducer (a medical device that uses sound waves to detect and measure blood flow in blood vessels) that helps locate the arterial pulse.42 Upon locating the pulse, the practitioner performs ligation either by suture or laser. Ligation of the supplying artery results in hemorrhoidal plexus shrinkage and symptom relief.41 The benefits of hemorrhoidal artery ligation compared to conventional hemorrhoidectomy are significantly reduced post-op pain and fewer complications. The procedure does not alter anal anatomy, and the absence of any wounds reduces infection risk and results in rapid recovery and return to normal activities. One disadvantage may be a greater incidence of recurrence, particularly for patients with grade 4 hemorrhoids.42 Recurrence rates average less than 3% of patients presenting with bleeding at one year follow-up.43

 

Dealing With Post-Op Pain

Pain following hemorrhoidectomy is common regardless of which procedure a patient undergoes. The incidence of moderate to severe pain following conventional surgical procedures may be as high as 65%.44 The degree of pain experienced can range from mild to intractable (not easily controlled). Rectal hyperactivity, spasm, and compression or stimulation of nerve endings are possible outcomes of surgery and are likely the origins of pain.45 Infection, edema, and sensitivity of the surgical wound also contribute to post-op pain.46 The level of pain experienced can also be impacted by procedure type, anesthesia administered, and interventions performed during the procedure. Due to the different sources of pain, several options are available for pain management and a multimodal approach to treating pain is recommended.47 These treatments can be topical, oral, injectable, or in suppository form.

Injections of products such as botulinum toxin, methylene blue, and ketorolac intraoperatively have shown modest effectiveness in reducing pain even several days post-op.44 Botulinum toxin works by loosening the tonicity of the internal anal sphincter resulting in reduction of pain and easier defecation.48 A small sample of patients with intractable pain were given an injection of a combination of ropivacaine and triamcinolone (anesthetic and steroid) at the painful site and reported no recurrence of pain at a six-month follow-up.45

Topicals to treat post-op pain include a range of drug classes. Calcium channel blockers (diltiazem or nifedipine), applied topically, reduce pain and decrease spasm in the internal anal sphincter. These are not commercially available and would require pharmaceutical compounding.2,39 Anesthetics such as 2.5% lidocaine/2.5% prilocaine cream reduce pain when applied in the anal canal or the surrounding perianal skin. Sucralfate—a commonly used gastrointestinal medication—when compounded and applied as a 10% ointment, promotes mucosal healing and provides a protective barrier. The non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) diclofenac can be compounded into a suppository and used for pain relief in the first day following hemorrhoidectomy. The muscle relaxer baclofen in a 5% cream form provides pain relief when applied immediately following surgery. Additionally, patients can use metronidazole topically or orally following surgery, as it exhibits antioxidant properties and helps to prevent infection at the surgical site.44

Preferred oral pain medications include non-narcotic analgesics that target peripheral and central pain sensitization and include NSAIDs, corticosteroids, acetylsalicylic acid, ketamine, acetaminophen, and anticonvulsants such as gabapentin. Targeting pain through multiple mechanisms provides better pain control and reduces opioid use.47

PAUSE AND PONDER: Which patients would be a special concern when determining hemorrhoid treatment?

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS IN HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

Comorbidities and Treatment Decisions

When treating hemorrhoidal disease, the treatment team must consider each patient’s characteristics individually. For example, the team must evaluate any comorbidities when deciding on appropriate therapy. Comorbidities that can impact treatment choice include immunocompromise, pregnancy, anticoagulant use, Crohn’s disease, and portal hypertension.9

Hemorrhoids are an extremely common complaint among pregnant women. Typically, hemorrhoids will resolve after giving birth, but most women will seek methods to relieve the discomfort without complications or risk of harm to the fetus during pregnancy. The first line recommendation aligns with recommendations for most patients with hemorrhoids and includes dietary modifications to reduce constipation. Kegel exercises and lying on the left-side seem to provide modest benefits. Topical treatments lack evidence of efficacy and safety and are not recommended for use during pregnancy.49

Immunocompromised patients are also a special concern. Clinicians must account for symptom severity and always consider conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, the increased risk of sepsis and poor wound healing puts immunocompromised patients at a disadvantage. These patients should receive prophylactic antibiotics before any procedure and stop immunosuppressive agents when feasible.9,49

Clinicians should also manage patients on anticoagulant therapy (e.g., warfarin) conservatively when possible, as increased risk of bleeding limits procedural options. If symptoms are severe and procedural intervention is necessary, injection sclerotherapy is preferred due to its lower bleeding risk. Patients should discontinue anticoagulants one week prior to the procedure.9

Patients with portal hypertension often suffer from coagulopathy (impaired ability of the blood to clot). As in patients on anticoagulants, bleeding risk is elevated in those with portal hypertension. Similarly, the treatment team should try conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, again, sclerotherapy is the preferred procedure due to the lower bleeding risk.9

Crohn’s patients should try conservative measures first. When developing a treatment plan, management of the underlying disease should be the primary concern.9

PAUSE AND PONDER: What are some red flags when a patient presents with hemorrhoidal concerns?

Interactions At the Pharmacy Level

In the community pharmacy setting, technicians may be the first to encounter patients with hemorrhoids. It is essential that technicians are familiar with products available in the pharmacy, their ingredients, and their locations on shelves. While technicians cannot recommend a particular treatment, they can assist patients in locating desired items and directing them to generic versions if cost is an issue. Technicians can also refer patients to the pharmacist for more information if necessary.

Interviewing patients enables pharmacists to make good recommendations. A good starting point is to determine patients’ prior history of hemorrhoidal disease and experience treating hemorrhoids. It is also imperative that pharmacists differentiate between hemorrhoidal symptoms and symptoms that may indicate an anorectal disorder that should receive immediate medical attention. Use open-ended questions to determine what other symptoms the patient is experiencing, how long have symptoms been present, and at what level of severity.

For those patients experiencing rectal bleeding for the first time, referral to a medical professional is always the preferred recommendation. Rectal bleeding attributed to hemorrhoids often results in a completely different diagnosis upon examination.6 Swelling, discharge, fever, and chills are also red flag symptoms. These could potentially be an anal abscess, which can lead to sepsis and even death if not addressed. Persistent drainage and stool seepage are also red flags. These may indicate anal fistula (an area of infection between the skin and the anus), which requires surgical correction. Additional red flags include severe pain and burning with defecation indicating a possible anal fissure, or changes in bowel habits along with anal mass, pain, and discharge which are symptoms of anal neoplasms. While rare, anal neoplasms often have a poor prognosis.22

Pharmacists may be able to determine through thorough interview if lifestyle is a factor. Does the patient lead a sedentary lifestyle? Do they have a family history of colon cancer? Do they have Crohn’s disease? Has the patient recently experienced weight loss or loss of appetite? Is there bleeding with defecation and, if so, is it bright red or dark?19 Hemorrhoidal blood is arterial and is therefore bright red in appearance. Darker blood could indicate a source of bleeding other than hemorrhoids.10 The patient’s age is also an important consideration. Patients older than 50 years who experience symptoms for the first time would be good candidates for colon cancer screening.50 A consultation with a primary care provider regarding a colonoscopy may be recommended. Due to the low incidence of hemorrhoids in children and adolescents, any rectal bleeding or hemorrhoidal symptoms would warrant medical attention.

When counseling patients on the use of OTC hemorrhoidal treatment, it is important to ask open-ended questions and gather as much information as possible. For example:

  • “What other medical conditions do you have?” (Pregnancy, hypertension and depression are concerns.)
  • “What specific symptoms are you hoping to treat?”
  • “What route of administration would you prefer?”

Medication allergies can be a concern, particularly with products containing anesthetics. It is important to ensure that patients understand how to use selected medications and that they can administer it themselves or have a trusted caregiver to help. For example, does the patient have the dexterity to unwrap and insert a suppository? Pharmacists should be comfortable answering questions regarding the application of rectal creams and ointments.

It is also essential to be understanding and sympathetic to financial limitations. Generic equivalents are available for many of the most used products. In addition, due to the similarity between prescription and OTC products, many prescription hemorrhoidal treatments are non-formulary preferred and may be cost prohibitive.

Importantly, patients may approach pharmacists asking, “An internet search said I can use ‘XYZ’ for hemorrhoids, is this true?” There are many seemingly outlandish therapies found on the internet. It is helpful to be familiar with these options as well. See SIDEBAR for the most common non-traditional therapies.

 

SIDEBAR: Non-Traditional Therapies51-55

  • Aloe Vera: applied topically to soothe irritation
  • Black Seed: extract taken orally as a supplement to reduce inflammation
  • Chamomile: extract, applied topically as an ointment to reduce pain and itching
  • Coconut: applied topically as an oil to soothe irritation
  • Granulated Sugar: applied directly to swollen hemorrhoids to reduce prolapse
  • Leeches: attaches directly to hemorrhoid for intermittent periods of time, reduces engorgement
  • Quercus (Persian Oak): extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation
  • Rosehips: applied topically to relieve pain and burning
  • Turmeric: extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation

 

CONCLUSION

Historians have described and recorded hemorrhoids as a medical condition and a nuisance since 37 AD.30 Since that time, millions of people have sought treatment for hemorrhoidal disease and countless practitioners have attempted to provide relief from the pain and discomfort. Patients who routinely suffer from hemorrhoids probably feel like they have been dealing with it since 37 AD and they have been battling them alone. Conservative measures, whether medicinal or non-traditional, continue to be effective in improving symptoms and quality of life and are still the first line of defense. Fortunately, non-invasive and surgical procedures are available for non-responsive and severe cases of hemorrhoidal disease. Individual patient characteristics impact treatment choice. Community pharmacists’ and technicians’ accessibility often makes them the first medical professionals that patients consult for information regarding hemorrhoid treatment. It is essential to understand how overall health, lifestyle habits, risk factors, and medication profiles determine resulting recommendations. Being sensitive to the patient’s situation and treating them with respect and professionalism is key to ensuring they receive the proper care and attention. Hemorrhoids are a sensitive subject, and patients may have difficulty discussing it and asking the right questions. Hemorrhoids have been a pain in the butt for centuries. With today’s knowledge and treatment options, pharmacists and technicians can help patients sit a little more comfortably for years to come.

 

 

 

 

 

Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
4. ANALYZE a patient’s need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview

1. Which characteristic(s) does the Goligher system use to grade internal hemorrhoids?
A. Patients’ reported level of pain
B. Whether hemorrhoids are isolated or circumferential
C. Severity and degree of prolapse

2. Which chronic disease often causes rectal bleeding, swelling, and skin tags, sometimes resulting in a misdiagnosis of hemorrhoids?
A. Ulcerative colitis
B. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
C. Crohn’s disease

3. Which of the following patients would be the MOST likely to suffer from an acute flare-up of hemorrhoids?
A. A 6-year-old with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
B. A 32-year-old in her third trimester of pregnancy
C. A 22-year-old recently diagnosed with diabetes

4. Which of the following chronic medical conditions would put a patient at an increased risk of hemorrhoids?
A. Fibromyalgia
B. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
C. Parkinson’s disease

5. When comparing internal and external hemorrhoids, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
B. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in significant pain
C. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line

6. A 62-year-old presents with Grade 4 hemorrhoids. He has increased his physical activity by walking daily. He also drinks plenty of water and avoids alcohol. Self-care options are no longer helping. His medication profile includes insulin glargine, levothyroxine, and warfarin. Which of the available procedures would be the MOST appropriate for this patient?
A. Stapled hemorrhoidopexy
B. Rubber band ligation
C. Injection sclerotherapy

7. A 55-year-old gentleman approaches the pharmacy counter carrying a box of witch hazel wipes and an inflatable donut cushion. He states that he recently changed jobs and is now a delivery driver for a furniture company. He recently saw blood on the toilet tissue and suspects he has a hemorrhoid. He has never experienced this before and wants to know what you would recommend. The pharmacy is quite busy. What is the best way to help this patient?
A. Answer quickly that he has chosen some good products to try and tell him he should feel better in a few days
B. Recommend he change jobs because the hemorrhoids will not resolve if his circumstances do not change
C. Recommend seeing a medical professional for confirmation of hemorrhoids and colon cancer screening

8. Which group of procedures treats hemorrhoidal disease by reducing blood flow to the hemorrhoid resulting in eventual fibrosis?
A. Hemorrhoidal artery ligation, stapled hemorrhoidopexy, and closed hemorrhoidetomy
B. Rubber band ligation, hemorrhoidal artery ligation, and injection sclerotherapy
C. Injection sclerotherapy, rubber band ligation, and open hemorrhoidectomy

9. Optimal Post-Op Pain control is best achieved through which method?
A. Primarily though short-acting opioids only
B. Over-the-counter analgesics and ice packs
C. Multiple medications that target pain differently

10. A long-time customer of your pharmacy pulls you aside and confesses that he is tired of dealing with his hemorrhoids. You are very familiar with his overall health and medication history. You recall dispensing a colonoscopy prep kit to him just a few weeks ago. He states that the colonoscopy did not show anything alarming, and he doesn’t want to keep bugging his doctor. How can you help this patient?
A. Tell him to try taking a vegetable laxative daily and increase his caffeine intake
B. Remind him that prevention is key and focus on his diet and lifestyle
C. Knowing he can take a joke, you ask him if he’s ever tried leeches

Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
2. RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
3. DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

1. Which of the following hemorrhoidal treatments requires a prescription?
A. Cocoa butter cream
B. Witch hazel 20% pads
C. Hydrocortisone 25 mg suppositories

2. Which of the following is a recommended lifestyle change to reduce occurrence of hemorrhoids?
A. Increasing weight bearing exercise
B. Increasing fluid intake
C. Increasing time spent on the toilet

3. Which of the following is a vasoconstrictor commonly found in hemorrhoidal treatments?
A. Phenylephrine
B. Benzocaine
C. Hydrocortisone

4. A patient complains of recent episodes of bright red blood on toilet tissue without pain. What type of hemorrhoid is she most likely experiencing?
A. External thrombosed
B. Internal grade 1
C. Internal grade 4

5. A regular customer comes to your pharmacy to pick up a medication refill for her 6-year-old daughter. While at checkout, she asks where the children’s laxatives are located. She mentions that her daughter recently came out of the bathroom crying with alarm because her “butt was bleeding.” What would be the best next step to help this panicked parent?
A. Point her in the direction of the glycerin suppositories and stool softeners and wish her good luck
B. Remind her that little girls can be dramatic and it is most likely simple constipation
C. Cautiously state that the situation sounds concerning due to her daughter’s young age and recommend she speak to the pharmacist

6. Which of the following statements is TRUE when comparing internal and external hemorrhoids?
A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
B. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line
C. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain

7. Increasing fiber is a standard recommendation for reducing constipation and therefore reducing frequency of hemorrhoids. Current guidelines recommend what amount of fiber intake per day?
A. 5 to 10 grams
B. 25 to 40 grams
C. 25 to 40 milligrams

8. A 55-year-old gentleman with obesity approaches the pharmacy counter. With an agonized look on his face, he explains that he is experiencing consistent pain in the rectal area whether or not he is on the toilet. He explains that he is a long-distance trucker and has had to take time off from his route due to the pain. He asks where the donut cushions are located. How should you respond to his question?
A. Direct him to the pharmacist for further consultation
B. Point him to the aisle with the inflatable donut cushions
C. Suggest a different line of work

9. A pregnant patient in her third trimester is extremely frustrated by her battle with hemorrhoids. She states that she prefers to avoid any medicinal treatments. Which of the following choices is the MOST appropriate response?
A. “The pharmacist can recommend an over-the-counter herbal product to relieve your pain.”
B. “There are no options to treat hemorrhoids without medication; you’ll need to see your obstetrician.”
C. “Increasing fiber and fluid intake are your best options; the pharmacist can recommend a fiber supplement.”

10. What technological advancement has resulted in a significant negative change in toilet habits, resulting in increasing incidence of hemorrhoids?
A. Cell phone use while on the toilet
B. Uber and Lyft ride sharing services
C. Increased fiber intake leading to increased diarrhea

References

Full List of References

REFERENCES

  1. 1. Sun Z, Migaly J. Review of Hemorrhoid Disease: Presentation and Management. Clin Colon Rectal Surg. 2016;29(1):22-29. doi:10.1055/s-0035-1568144
  2. Mott T, Latimer K, Edwards C. Hemorrhoids: Diagnosis and Treatment Options. Am Fam Physician. 2018;97(3):172-179.
  3. Johanson JF, Sonnenberg A. The prevalence of hemorrhoids and chronic constipation: An epidemiologic study. Gastroenterology.1990;98(2):380-386. doi:10.1016/0016-5085(90)90828-O
  4. Gardner IH, Siddharthan RV, Tsikitis VL. Benign anorectal disease: hemorrhoids, fissures, and fistulas. Ann Gastroenterol. 2020;33(1):9-18. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0438
  5. Margetis N. Pathophysiology of internal hemorrhoids. Ann Gastroenterol. 2019;32(3):264-272. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0355
  6. Ganz R. The Evaluation and Treatment of Hemorrhoids: A Guide for the Gastroenterologist. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(6):593-603. doi: 10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.020
  7. Wahyudi P, Soeseno S, Febyan F. Diagnosis and Management of Internal Hemorrhoids: A Brief Review. Eu J Med Health Sci. 2021;3(5):1-5. doi:10.24018/ejmed.2021.3.5.1014
  8. Giuliani A, Romano L, Lazzarin G, et al. Relationship Between Haemorrhoidal Grade and Toilet Habits. Ann Ital Chir.2020;91(2)192-5. https://annaliitalianidichirurgia.it/index.php/aic/article/view/1503
  9. Cengiz T, Gorgun E. Hemorrhoids: A Range of Treatments. Cleve Clin J Med.2019;86(9)612-620. doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.86a.18079
  10. Ng KS, Holzgang M, Young C. Still a Case of "No Pain, No Gain"? An Updated and Critical Review of the Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Management Options for Hemorrhoids in 2020. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(3):133-147. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.05.04
  11. Sobrado Júnior CW, Obregon CA, E Sousa Júnior AHDS, Sobrado LF, Nahas SC, Cecconello I. A New Classification for Hemorrhoidal Disease: The Creation of the "BPRST" Staging and Its Application in Clinical Practice. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(4):249-255. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.02.06
  12. Lohsiriwat V. Hemorrhoids: from basic pathophysiology to clinical management. World J Gastroenterol. 2012;18(17):2009-2017. doi:10.3748/wjg.v18.i17.2009
  13. Yeo D, Tan KY. Hemorrhoidectomy - making sense of the surgical options. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20(45):16976-16983. doi:10.3748/wjg.v20.i45.16976
  14. Naldini G, Caminati F, Sturiale A, et al. Improvement in Hemorrhoidal Disease Surgery Outcomes Using a New Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification (A/CTC). Surg J (N Y). 2020;6(3):e145-e152. doi:10.1055/s-0040-1712542
  15. Rao S, Qureshi W, Yan Y, Johnson D. Constipation, Hemorrhoids, and Anorectal Disorders in Pregnancy. Am J Gastroenterol.2022; 117(10S):16-25. doi:10.14309/ajg.0000000000001962
  16. Choi YS, Kim DS, Lee DH, et al. Clinical Characteristics and Incidence of Perianal Diseases in Patients With Ulcerative Colitis. Ann Coloproctol. 2018;34(3):138-143. doi:10.3393/ac.2017.06.08
  17. Emmanuel A. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction. F1000Res. 2019;8:F1000 Faculty Rev-1800. doi:10.12688/f1000research.20529.1
  18. Hassan J., Khan S. Colonic Cancer Misdiagnosed as Hemorrhoids. In: Tohid H, Baratta LG, Maibach H. (eds).The Misdiagnosis Casebook in Clinical Medicine. Springer, Cham. 2023. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-28296-6_57
  19. Mala TA, Gupta R, Ahmad SR, Malla SA, Gupta VB, Shah I. Anal canal melanoma misdiagnosed and treated as prolapsed hemorrhoids in a male patient. Formosan Journal of Surgery.2014;47(2):74-77. doi.org/10.1016/j.fjs.2013.11.002
  20. Ali AS, Kelantan SR, Albarakati BA, Alsahafi EK, Alahmadi GB, Aldor SM. An Interesting misdiagnosed case of Crohn’s disease: case report. Clin Case Rep Rev. 2016;2(3):358-360. doi:10.15761/CCRR.1000216
  21. Lohsiriwat V. Anorectal emergencies. World J Gastroenterol. 2016;22(26):5867-5878. doi:10.3748/wjg.v22.i26.5867
  22. Chan J. Anorectal Disorders. In: Handbook of Nonprescription Drugs: An Interactive Approach to Self-Care. 20th ed. Krinsky DL, Ferreri SP, Hemstreet B, Hume AL, Rollins CJ, Tietze KJ, eds. Washington, DC: American Pharmacists Association; 2021.
  23. Godeberge P, Sheikh P, Lohsiriwat V, Jalife A, Shelygin Y. Micronized purified flavonoid fraction in the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease. J Comp Eff Res. 2021;10(10):801-813. doi:10.2217/cer-2021-0038
  24. DRUGS.com. Diosmin Uses, Benefits & Dosages. Published December 22, 2023. Accessed June 4, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/npp/diosmin.html
  25. Changazi SH, Bhatti S, Choudary A Sr, Rajput MNA, Iqbal Z, Ahmed QA. Calcium Dobesilate Versus Flavonoids for the Treatment of Early Hemorrhoidal Disease: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Cureus. 2020;12(8):e9845. doi:10.7759/cureus.9845
  26. Drugscom. Calcium dobesilate. https: Calcium Dobesilate (International database) (drugs.com) Accessed September 21,2024.

 

  1. Chang J, McLemore E, Tejirian, T. Anal health care basics. Perm J. 2016;20(4):15-222. doi:10.7812/TPP/15-222.
  2. Villalba H, Abbas M. Hemorrhoids: Modern Remedies for an Ancient Disease. Perm J. 2007;11(2):74-76.
  3. Leo CA, Chandrasinghe P, Hodgkinson JD, Vaizey CJ, Warusavitarne. Technical Tips and Tricks of Outpatients Treatments for Hemorrhoids. IN: Hemorrhoids, Coloproctology 2. Ratto, Parello A, Litta F (eds.) Springer International Publishing AG 2018. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-51989-0_14-1
  4. De Marco S, Tiso D. Lifestyle and Risk Factors in Hemorrhoidal Disease. Front Surg. 2021;8:729166. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2021.729166
  5. Cerato MM, Cerato NL, Passos P, Treigue A, Damin DC. Surgical treatment of hemorrhoids: a critical appraisal of the current options. Arq Bras Cir Dig. 2014;27(1):66-70. doi:10.1590/s0102-67202014000100016
  6. Miyamoto H. Minimally Invasive Treatment for Advanced Hemorrhoids. J Anus Rectum Colon. 2023;7(1):8-16. doi:10.23922/jarc.2022-068
  7. Brown SR. Haemorrhoids: an update on management. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2017;8(10):141-147. doi:10.1177/2040622317713957
  8. Picciariello A, Rinaldi M, Grossi U, et al. Management and Treatment of External Hemorrhoidal Thrombosis. Front Surg. 2022;9:898850. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2022.898850
  9. Albuquerque A. Rubber band ligation of hemorrhoids: A guide for complications. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(9):614-620. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i9.614
  10. He A, Chen M. Sclerotherapy in Hemorrhoids. Indian J Surg. 2023;85(2):228-232. doi:10.1007/s12262-022-03414-3
  11. Kukreja AN. Hemorrhoids. In: Anorectal disorders-From Diagnosis to Treatment [Working Title]. 1st ed. Vanelli A, ed. London, UK: Intechopen; 2023. Accessed April7, 2024. https://doi:10.5772/intechopen.1002689
  12. Gupta PJ. Infrared coagulation versus rubber band ligation in early-stage hemorrhoids. Braz J Med Biol Res. 2003;36(10):1433-1439. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0100-879X2003001000022
  13. Picchio M, Greco E, Di Filippo A, Marino G, Stipa F, Spaziani E. Clinical Outcome Following Hemorrhoid Surgery: a Narrative Review. Indian J Surg. 2015;77(Suppl 3):1301-1307. doi:10.1007/s12262-014-1087-5
  14. Lumb KJ, Colquhoun PH, Malthaner RA, Jayaraman S. Stapled versus conventional surgery for hemorrhoids. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;2006(4):CD005393. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD005393.pub2
  15. Wallis de Vries BM, van der Beek ES, de Wijkerslooth LR, et al. Treatment of grade 2 and 3 hemorrhoids with Doppler-guided hemorrhoidal artery ligation. Dig Surg. 2007;24(6):436-440. doi:10.1159/000108326
  16. Giamundo P. Advantages and limits of hemorrhoidal dearterialization in the treatment of symptomatic hemorrhoids. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(1):1-4. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i1.1
  17. Yamoul R, Attolou G, Njoumi N, Alkandry S, Tahiri Mel H. The effectiveness of Doppler controlled hemorrhoidal artery ligation based on preliminaries results. Pan Afr Med J. 2013;15:159. doi:10.11604/pamj.2013.15.159.2190
  18. Lohsiriwat V, Jitmungngan R. Strategies to Reduce Post-Hemorrhoidectomy Pain: A

Systematic Review. Medicina (Kaunas). 2022;58(3):418. doi:10.3390/medicina58030418

  1. Feng J, Cheng J, Xiang F. Management of intractable pain in patients treated with hemorrhoidectomy for mixed hemorrhoids. Ann Palliat Med.2021;10(1):479-483. doi: 10.21037/apm-20-2385
  2. Abbas ST, Raza A, Muhammad Ch I, Hameed T, Hasham N, Arshad N. Comparison of mean pain score using topical and oral metronidazole in post milligan morgan hemorrhoidectomy patient; A randomized controlled trial. Pak J Med Sci. 2020;36(5):867-871. doi:10.12669/pjms.36.5.1796
  3. Kazachenko E, Garmanova T, Derinov A, et al. Preemptive analgesia for hemorrhoidectomy: study protocol for a prospective, randomized, double-blind trial. Trials. 2022;23(1):536. doi:10.1186/s13063-022-06107-0
  4. Yaghoobi Notash A, Sadeghian E, Heshmati A, Sorush A. Effectiveness of Local Botulinum Toxin Injection for Perianal Pain after Hemorrhoidectomy. Middle East J Dig Dis. 2022;14(3):330-334. doi:10.34172/mejdd.2022.291
  5. Lohsiriwat V. Treatment of hemorrhoids: A coloproctologist's view. World J Gastroenterol. 2015;21(31):9245-9252. doi:10.3748/wjg.v21.i31.9245
  6. Hollingshead JR, Phillips RK. Haemorrhoids: modern diagnosis and treatment. Postgrad Med J. 2016;92(1083):4-8. doi:10.1136/postgradmedj-2015-133328
  7. Mobeen A, Ahmad A, Quamri M, Ansari A. Clinical Efficacy of Medicinal Leech Therapy in Treating Third-and Fourth- Degree Hemorrhoids. J. Coloproctol.2021;41(2):124-130. doi: 10.1055/s-0041-1730012
  8. Tolekova S, Sharmanov T, Sinyavskiy Y, et al. Antioxidant, Pharmacological, Medical Properties and Chemical Content of Rosa L. Extracts. Int. J. Second. Metab.2020;7(3):200-212. doi.org/10.21448/ijsm.726140
  9. Amiri MM, Garnida Y, Almulla AF, et al. Herbal Therapy for hemorrhoids: An Overview of Medicinal Plants Affecting Hemorrhoids. Adv Life Sci.2023;10(1):22-28.
  10. Gkegkes ID, Dalavouras N, Iavazzo C, Stamatiadis AP. Sweetening … the pain: The role of sugar in acutely prolapsed haemorrhoids. Clin Ter. 2021;172(6):520-522. doi:10.7417/CT.2021.2369
  11. Amaturo A, Meucci M, Mari FS. Treatment of haemorrhoidal disease with micronized purified flavonoid fraction and sucralfate ointment. Acta Biomed. 2020;91(1):139-141. doi:10.23750/abm.v91i1.9361

 

What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

Learning Objectives

 

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

  • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
  • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
  • Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
  • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

  • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
  • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
  • Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
  • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

 

Release Date:

Release Date:  November 15, 2024

Expiration Date: November 15, 2027

Course Fee

Pharmacists: $7

Pharmacy Technicians: $4

There is no grant funding for this CE activity

ACPE UANs

Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P

Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-T

Session Codes

Pharmacist: 24YC51-FPX36

Pharmacy Technician: 24YC51-XFP88

Accreditation Hours

2.0 hours of CE

Accreditation Statements

The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

 

Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

Faculty

Leah M. Adams, PhD
Associate Professor, Department of Psychology
Women & Gender Studies Program
George Mason University
Fairfax, VA                       

Clara Bechtold, PharmD
Post Doctoral Fellow,
Global Regulatory Sciences-Moderna
Cambridge, MA

Giovanni Fretes, PharmD Candidate 2025
UConn School of Pharmacy
Storrs, CT

Angela Su, PharmD
PGY-1 Resident
Lawrence & Memorial Hospital
New London, CT

 

Faculty Disclosure

In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

Dr.s Adams,  and Su and Mr. Fretes have no relationships with ineligible companies.

Dr. Bechtold is a fellow with Moderna, but has no conflicts of interest.

 

ABSTRACT

This continuing education activity focuses on key aspects of transgender healthcare, encompassing language inclusivity, physiologic considerations, and pharmacologic interventions across different life stages. The activity begins with an exploration of gender-inclusive language, highlighting the importance of respectful communication in healthcare settings. It discusses puberty’s physiology, highlighting the role of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in the development of secondary sexual characteristics. The activity then delves into feminizing and masculinizing pharmacology, detailing hormone therapies, their mechanisms of action, and associated outcomes. It outlines special considerations for adults, adolescents, and children, along with guidelines for puberty suppression and hormone therapy initiation. It also addresses non-pharmacologic interventions such as chest binding, tucking, and voice therapy, stressing the importance of holistic care. Last, the activity examines other healthcare areas impacted by gender-affirming hormone therapy (GAHT), such as anticoagulation, kidney function assessment, and fertility preservation. It provides recommendations for clinical practice and the need for individualized care with shared decision-making. Overall, this activity aims to enhance understanding and promote inclusive and affirming healthcare practices for transgender individuals.

CONTENT

Content

INTRODUCTION

Practitioners in all healthcare settings need to understand and respect gender diversity. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can play a pivotal role in gender-affirming care by using inclusive language and developing comprehensive knowledge of pharmacologic interventions. The scope of gender affirming care ranges from puberty suppression to gender-affirming surgeries to align physical appearance with gender identity. Gender dysphoria is a very serious condition among transgender individuals that can lead to depression and suicide. Gender dysphoria is not solely internally driven and can be exacerbated by external stressors/stigma. This includes external aspects of experience such as distress associated with misgendering and social norms, social isolation, transphobia, etc.1,2 It may be treated with hormone therapy and can require lifelong treatment. Healthcare professionals in the pharmacy setting can help these patients by creating a supportive environment that promotes adherence to their treatment. The SIDEBAR provides definitions for frequently used terms in transgender care.

 

SIDEBAR: Terminology1-6

  • Gender expression: External manifestations of gender, expressed through one’s behavior, body characteristics, clothing, haircut, name, pronouns, or voice. Typically, transgender people seek to make their gender expression align with their gender identity, rather than their assigned gender.
  • Gender role: Behaviors, attitudes, and personality traits that a society (in a given culture and historical period) assigns as masculine or feminine and/or that society associates with or considers typical of the social role of men or women
  • Gender identity/experienced gender: One’s internal, deeply held sense of gender. For transgender people, gender identity does not match their sex assigned at birth. Most people have a gender identity of male or female. For some people, gender identity does not fit neatly into one of those two choices (e.g., nonbinary). Unlike gender expression, gender identity is invisible to others.
  • Sex: The best-known attributes include sex-determining genes, sex chromosomes, gonads, sex hormones, internal and external genitalia, and secondary sex characteristics.
  • Sex assigned at birth: Sex assigned at birth, usually based on genital anatomy. AFAB refers to "assigned female at birth," and AMAB to "assigned male at birth."
  • Transgender (also TGD, trans): An umbrella term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression differs from what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth. Not all transgender individuals seek treatment.
  • Cisgender: A term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression is aligned with what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth.
  • Gender dysphoria: The distress experienced when one’s gender identity and assigned gender are incongruent, often worsened by external factors like misgendering, social norms, isolation, and transphobia. Not all transgender people experience gender dysphoria; being transgender on its own is not a medical condition.
  • Transition: The process during which transgender people change their physical, social, and/or legal characteristics consistent with their affirmed gender identity. Transgender individuals may initially transition socially and postpone medical transition. This is especially true for prepubertal children.
  • Transgender male (also: trans man, female-to-male): Individuals assigned female at birth but who identify and live as men.
  • Transgender woman (also: trans woman, male-to female, transgender female): Individuals assigned male at birth but who identify and live as women.
  • Non-binary: An adjective describing a person who does not identify exclusively as a male or a female. Non-binary people may identify as being both male and female, somewhere in between, or as falling completely outside these categories. While many also identify as transgender, not all non-binary people do.
  • Embodiment goals: Body qualities/characteristics that a patient wishes to have (e.g. shape, feeling, behavior of body).

 

Guidelines

The World Professional Association for Transgender Health (WPATH) publishes the Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People (SOC),7 which is the main guideline used internationally for transgender health. This continuing education activity is based on SOC Version 8.

 

The Endocrine Society develops the Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline.3 These guidelines establish a framework for the appropriate treatment of individuals and standardize terminology to be used by healthcare professionals. This activity cites these guidelines as well.

 

Inclusive Language

Everyday language often revolves around the concept of two genders and one sexuality, potentially overlooking diverse identities. Using gender-inclusive language demonstrates respect and acknowledgment of all gender identities while eliminating assumptions. Using they/them pronouns instead of he/his or she/her when unsure of someone's pronouns is best.6 Healthcare professionals can demonstrate inclusivity by introducing themselves with their own pronouns and asking patients how they prefer to be addressed. Common pronouns include she/her/hers, he/him/his, and they/them/theirs..6 Healthcare professionals should avoid stating that a person is transgender to others unless that is how the person identifies and is comfortable with sharing that information.6 Another suggestion is saying “feel free to bring your spouse or partner” instead of “feel free to bring your husband or wife.”6

 

PAUSE AND PONDER: A fellow colleague consistently misgenders a transgender patient despite being corrected. How would you address this behavior while promoting inclusivity and respect in the pharmacy setting?

 

Physiology

Puberty is the process of an adolescent becoming capable of reproduction. This process involves the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. The first biologic sign of puberty is an increase in endogenous gonadotropin hormone-releasing hormone (GnRH).7 GnRH produced by the hypothalamus causes the pituitary gland to secrete gonadotropins: luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH). LH and FSH stimulate gonads to produce sex hormones.8 Table 1 compares puberty in individuals with ovaries and those with testes.

 

Table 1. Patterns of Typical Puberty7

About Ovaries Testes
Puberty Onset: 7 to 13 years old

Hormone effects: The ovaries produce estrogen, stimulating mammary gland budding.

Onset: 9 to 14 years old

Hormone effects: LH and FSH lead to increased testicular volume (>4 mL), which allows the testes to produce enough testosterone for masculinization.

Cisgender Adult

Hormone Levels

Estradiol: 30 to 400 pg/mL (pre-menopause)

Testosterone: 15 to 70 ng/dL

Progesterone: 1 to 90 ng/mL

Estradiol: 10 to 40 pg/mL

Testosterone: 300 to 1000 ng/dL

Progesterone: < 1 ng/mL

ABBREVIATIONS: FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

 

ADULTS

Feminizing Pharmacology

The goals of feminizing pharmacology care are the development of female secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of male secondary sex characteristics. Treatments include externally dosed estrogens and antiandrogens. The selection of therapy should include a patient-specific evaluation of patient goals, medical conditions, medication risk/benefit, and economics.7

 

Estrogen promotes feminine features such as breast growth. Antiandrogens diminish masculine features by reducing endogenous testosterone. Examples of antiandrogens include spironolactone, cyproterone acetate, GnRH agonists, and 5-alpha reductase inhibitors.

 

Estrogen

In gender-affirming care, estrogen (or 17-beta estradiol) used for feminizing treatment is chemically identical to estrogen produced by human ovaries.3,7 Multiple dosing formulations exist including oral tablets, topical patches, intramuscular injections, and topical gels/sprays. A major safety concern for anyone using exogenous estrogen is the increased risk of thromboembolic events. 17-beta estradiol is generally preferred over synthetic estrogens for the ease of monitoring serum levels and its lower risk of thromboembolic events. For those older than 45 years and those at a higher risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE), the guidelines recommend transdermal formulations. Cardiovascular screening is essential to identify patients at higher VTE risk. Due to multiple Boxed Warnings in the product labeling and potentially significant adverse events, providers should use caution and consider the risks and benefits of estrogen therapy.3,7

 

The desired effects of exogenous estrogen include breast development, redistribution of facial and subcutaneous fat, reduction of muscle mass, reduction of body hair, and reversal of scalp hair loss. Exogenous estrogen will not alter voice or height in adults. Table 2 describes available estrogens used in gender-affirming care.3,7

 

Table 2. Estradiol for GAHT9

Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
Tablet

2-6 mg/day PO or SL

 

Patch

0.025-0.2 mg/day TD, change every 3-5 days or weekly

 

Injection: estradiol valerate or cypionate

2-10 mg IM weekly or 5-30 mg IM every 2 weeks

 

Transdermal gel or spray may not reach blood levels of cisgender female range

Boxed Warnings

- Endometrial cancer

- Cardiovascular disease

- Breast cancer

- Dementia

 

Contraindications

- History of estrogen-sensitive neoplasm

- Previous VTE related to underlying hypercoagulation

- End-stage chronic liver impairment or disease

- Thrombophilic disorders

- Angioedema

- Anaphylactic reaction

 

Adverse Events

- Infertility, hypertriglyceridemia, weight gain, cerebrovascular disease, cholelithiasis, hypertension, erectile dysfunction, type 2 diabetes mellitus, low bone mineral density, hyperprolactinemia, migraines, hot flashes

- Baseline risk for breast cancer and cardiovascular disease

- Serum triglycerides (2 weeks after initiation in patients with baseline > 200mg/dL)

- Thyroid stimulating hormone

- Bone mineral density

- Serum estradiol levels (goal <100 to 200 pg/mL) and serum testosterone every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

- Prolactin levels

 

Antiandrogens

Antiandrogens, listed in Table 3, can reduce endogenous testosterone levels or its activity and are usually used in combination with estrogen for feminizing effects. While antiandrogens may be employed as monotherapy, combination treatment can help minimize the amount of estrogen necessary for gender-affirming effects and therefore reduce the estrogen-associated risks. General adverse effects of antiandrogen monotherapy may include hot flashes, low mood or energy, and bone loss when used long term.7

Table 3. Antiandrogens for GAHT10-13

Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
Spironolactone - directly inhibits testosterone synthesis and activity

Positive effects: gynecomastia

Tablet

Starting: 25 mg once or twice daily in combination

 

Therapeutic: Increase at one-week intervals based on response and tolerability to a usual dose of 100-300 mg/day in 2 divided doses

 

Max: 400 mg/day

Contraindications

- Hyperkalemia

- Addison’s Disease

 

Adverse Events

- Hyperkalemia (uncommon if avoided with renal insufficiency), polyuria, polydipsia, orthostasis

- Serum testosterone levels (goal <50 ng/dL) every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

- BP, serum electrolytes (potassium), glucose, kidney function, volume status, uric acid

GnRH agonists - suppress testosterone synthesis

Positive effects: gynecomastia

Leuprolide:

IM/subcutaneous: 3.75 mg every month

 

IM/subcutaneous depot: 11.25 mg every 3 months or 22.5 mg every 6 months

 

Histrelin:

subcutaneous depot: 50 mg every 12 months

 

 

Contraindications

- Hypersensitivity

 

Adverse Events

- Hyperglycemia, asthma related exacerbation, decreased BMD, increased risk of CV events, psychiatric symptoms (mania, depression), QTc prolongation (rare), seizures (with long acting)

- BMD

- Mood and depression screening

- Serum testosterone every 3 months for first year, then annually or biannually

- LH, FSH, and prolactin baseline and annually

- Routine cancer screenings

ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone mineral density; BP = blood pressure; CVD = cardiovascular; FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

 

Spironolactone is a potassium-sparing diuretic that has many therapeutic uses including in heart failure and hypertension. Spironolactone is also an aldosterone receptor antagonist that can cause positive effects, such as gynecomastia (an increase in breast gland tissue) for transgender women. Gynecomastia is dose and duration dependent, occurring in approximately 10% of patients. The diuretic and antihypertensive effects may become apparent within two to three weeks potentially resulting in excess urination and low blood pressure.3,14

 

GnRH agonists (histrelin, leuprolide) work by continuously activating the pituitary gland to make more LH and FSH. This overactivation eventually suppresses sex steroid production. Out of pocket costs for these medications can range anywhere from $10,000 to $50,000 for three months, thereby significantly limiting their use.16

 

WPATH does not regularly recommend other drugs like 5-alpha reductase inhibitors, finasteride or dutasteride, as data supporting use in the transgender population is sparse.7

 

Cyproterone acetate is a synthetic progestin that inhibits testosterone synthesis and action. This medication is not approved in the United States but may be used elsewhere.3

 

PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient presents with concerns about the different formulations of estrogen available for feminizing treatment. How would you explain the advantages and disadvantages of each formulation?

 

Masculinizing Pharmacology

The goals of masculinizing treatment are the development of male secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of female secondary sex characteristics. Masculinizing GAHT typically consists of testosterone.

 

Testosterone

Testosterone treatment in transgender patients is used in the same way that it is used for hypogonadism in cisgender male patients. Table 4 illustrates the various testosterone formulations in transgender care, including intramuscular, transdermal, and implantable options. Intramuscular injections may be preferred due to available clinical data, efficacy, patient satisfaction, and low levels of injection pain and local irritation relative to subcutaneous injections. Prescribers and patients should not interchange products without considering pharmacodynamic differences.7,16

 

Positive effects of masculinizing hormones include irreversible deepening of voice, increased body/facial hair, and increased lean muscle mass. Patients and care teams should know that masculine hormone therapy will not reverse previous feminine features such as breast tissue. Achieving physiological testosterone levels will usually suppress menses. If testosterone monotherapy doesn’t suppress menses, additional therapies can be used including progestins, GnRH agonists, and aromatase inhibitors. Patients may continue testosterone therapy for life unless medically contraindicated.16

 

Table 4. Testosterone Formulations for GAHT 17

Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
Testosterone - endogenous testosterone androgen mimic
Cypionate (IM), Enanthate (IM or SC)

initial: 50-100 mg IM/SUBCUTANEOUSLY every week or 100-200 mg IM every 2 weeks

max: 400 mg every 2 weeks IM

Titrate every 3-12 months

 

Topical Gel

AndroGel

1%: start 50mg every morning (max 100 mg)

1.62%: start 40.5mg every morning (max 81 mg)

Titrate: based on pump/packet size

 

TD Patch

Androderm

2.5 to 7.5 mg/d

initial: apply 4 mg every night

max: 6 mg (4 mg + 2 mg) every night

 

Axillary topical solution/gel 2%

Axiron

initial: 30 mg (1 actuation) every morning to each armpit

max: 120 mg

 

Undecanoate (deep IM; gluteus maximus)

initial: 750mg, repeat in 4 weeks for 2 total doses

maintenance: 750 mg every 10 weeks or 1000 mg every 12 weeks

Contraindications

- Pregnancy

- Severe hypertension

- Sleep apnea

- Polycythemia

 

Boxed Warning:

subcutaneous enanthate & PO undecanoate: hypertension and major adverse cardiovascular events

 

Secondary exposure to topical products can cause virilization in children

 

Adverse Events

- Urge to cough, dyspnea, throat tightening, chest pain, dizziness, syncope

-IM undecanoate: pulmonary oil microembolism reactions

 

- Baseline risk for breast cancer and CVD

- Serum triglycerides

- TSH

- BMD

- Serum estradiol levels and testosterone

- Prolactin levels

ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone marrow density; CVD = cardiovascular disease; IM = imtramuscularly; TSH = thyroid stimulating hormone

 

CHILDREN

GAHT is not recommended in children who have not begun endogenous puberty. Healthcare providers should take a non-pharmacologic approach instead for pre-pubertal individuals, including psychosocial gender-affirming care. Patients should continue gender exploration regardless of social transition.7

 

ADOLESCENTS

GAHT’s goal in adolescents is pubertal suppression. Halting progression of puberty allows adolescents to explore gender identity and embodiment goals. Although suppression is reversible, the treatment team should discuss fertility preservation before starting supression.7 Current timing and readiness estimates are as follows: pubertal suppression at 12 years old, GAHT at 16 years old, and surgery at 18 years old.

 

Pubertal Suppression Pharmacology

Healthcare providers employ Tanner staging to track children’s development during puberty. It outlines five specific stages for the physical changes during this period, including genital, breast, and pubic hair development. Patients should reach Tanner Stage 2 before initiating pubertal suppression. In Tanner Stage 2, individuals who are assigned female at birth would experience breast budding while those who are assigned male at birth would experience external genitalia enlargement.6 Menstrual suppression is recommended for patients assigned female at birth with gender incongruence, regardless of testosterone therapy.7

 

Pharmacologic Agents

Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone (GnRH) Agonists

GnRH agonists cause partial regression of secondary sex characteristics and inhibit physical functions, such as menses and erections, by decreasing concentrations of gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones. Supraphysiological doses of sex steroids are not needed with GnRH agonists.7

 

Short-term hypertension is an important counseling point. Individuals who are older than 14 years also have a long-term risk of poor bone health because of the lack of exposure to adequate levels of sex steroid hormone levels. Sex steroid hormone therapy, however, induces rapid recovery of bone mineralization rate.6

 

For feminizing therapy, patients should continue puberty blocking until gonadectomy. Masculinizing pharmacology is covered in the following Hormone Therapy section. If patients have functioning uterus and ovaries, health care providers should counsel on potential breakthrough menstrual bleeding two to three weeks after GnRH agonist initiation.

 

Progestins

Oral or injection depot progestins are recommended if GnRH agonists are unavailable or cost-prohibitive.7

 

Patients can also receive these progestins if they seek menstrual suppression only7:

  • Oral progestin-only pills (contraceptive and non-contraceptive options)
  • Medroxyprogesterone injection (e.g. Depo-Provera)
  • Levonorgestrel intrauterine device (e.g. Mirena, Liletta, Kyleena, Skyla)
  • Etonogestrel implant (e.g. Nexplanon)

 

If a patient continues to have menstrual bleeding after taking progestin and/or is seeking a contraceptive, healthcare providers can consider a combination progestin-estrogen product for amenorrhea and counsel on possible breast development. Combined formulations include oral contraceptive pills, transdermal patches, and vaginal rings. Note that increased breakthrough bleeding is associated with lower dose ethinyl estradiol in combined oral contraceptives.7

 

Hormone Therapy (HT)

The patient’s health care professionals will need to measure hormone levels during gender-affirming treatment. The purpose is to ensure that endogenous sex steroids are falling and the sex steroids administered to the patient stay at appropriate levels. Appropriate levels are determined by (1) the patient’s treatment goals and (2) the patient’s Tanner stage. Timing of pubertal suppression determines sex steroid HT regimen, as shown in Table 5.7

 

Table 5. Sex Steroid Hormone Therapy Regimen Based on GnRH Agonist Treatment Timing7

Pubertal Suppression Sex Steroid Dose Time To Goal Levels Growth Spurt?
Early Similar to peripubertal hypogonadal adolescents Adult doses usually reached over 2 years Yes
Late/Post-Pubertal Higher starting dose More rapid titration until maintenance dose is achieved No

 

WPATH suggests 12 months as sufficient time for psychological adaptations to physical changes due to GAHT. Healthcare providers should monitor sex steroid levels every three months during the first year of HT or with dose changes. Once the prescriber titrates the patient’s dose to the adult maintenance dose, monitoring one to two times annually is sufficient. As GAHT can activate the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, prescribers may need to add a GnRH agonist as adjunctive therapy after GAHT initiation to avoid development of characteristics associated with the patient’s sex assigned at birth.7

 

For masculinizing GAHT, testosterone monotherapy at physiologic doses is typically sufficient to decrease estrogen secretion by the ovaries. Injection, transdermal, and subcutaneous pellets are available androgen formulations. Key counseling points include the possibility of developing androgenic acne or sexual dysfunction.

 

Patients on GnRH agonists should continue them until they reach maintenance testosterone level. If the patient was not on a GnRH agonist as an adolescent, then no concomitant GnRH agonist is needed. While testosterone usually suppresses menstruation in the first six months of therapy, healthcare providers should make sure to counsel adolescents on possible pregnancy despite amenorrhea because they can still ovulate.7

 

NON-PHARMACOLOGIC INTERVENTIONS

Chest Binders

Chest binding refers to compressing breast tissue to achieve a flatter chest appearance. Research indicates that up to 87% of individuals identifying as transgender males have tried chest binding.6 Various methods used for binding include commercial binders, sports bras, layering clothes, elastics, and bandages.7

 

Healthcare providers play a crucial role by making patients aware of chest binding’s potential advantages and risks. Transgender men who bind often report benefits such as increased comfort, enhanced safety, and reduced instances of misgendering.7

 

Negative physical impacts of chest binding include back or chest pain, difficulty breathing, and feeling overheated.7 Severe health issues like skin or respiratory infections and rib fractures, which are rare, have been linked to adult chest binding.6 Providers can lower the risk by counseling patients on safe binding methods, like binders specifically designed for gender-diverse individuals, to lessen the likelihood of serious health complications. Meanwhile, patients should avoid unsafe methods like duct tape, ace wraps, or plastic wrap due to their potential to constrict blood flow, harm the skin, and restrict breathing.6 If negative health effects occur, seeking guidance from medical professionals experienced with transgender and gender-diverse patients is sensible.7

 

Tucking

Genital tucking involves positioning the penis and testes to minimize the visibility of genital bulges.7 This can be done by tucking the penis and testes between the legs or placing the testes inside the inguinal canal while pulling the penis back between the legs.7 Underwear or specialized garments called gaffs are commonly used to keep the genitals in place.7

 

Research on the risks and advantages of tucking in adults is limited, and no studies conducted specifically address youth.6 Previous research has highlighted that snug undergarments might lead to reduced sperm concentration and motility. Moreover, higher scrotal temperatures due to tucking might theoretically impact sperm production and fertility.7 However, no conclusive evidence confirms these negative effects. More data is needed to understand the risks and benefits of tucking.

 

Voice Therapy

Hormone treatment for transgender and gender diverse (TGD) individuals has potential effects on voice and communication. While estrogen treatment does not usually cause measurable voice changes, testosterone treatment can lead to desired shifts in voice pitch and male attributions but may also result in undesired outcomes.7

 

Research indicates that some TGD individuals experience positive effects from testosterone, such as lowered voice pitch and increased satisfaction, aligning with their gender identity. However, a significant portion may face challenges like insufficient pitch changes, vocal quality issues, limitations in singing range, and vocal instability post-treatment.7,18 A meta-analysis examined about 600 patients across 19 studies to determine the effects of at least one year of testosterone therapy. The patients were all at least 18 years old, with an average age of 35 years. According to the results, approximately 21% of participants did not reach the expected normative frequencies associated with cisgender males. Additionally, a similar percentage reported incomplete alignment between their voice and gender identity, experiencing voice-related challenges or incongruence. Furthermore, 16% of individuals undergoing testosterone therapy expressed dissatisfaction with the changes in their voice.18

 

It's essential to provide accurate counseling beforehand to establish realistic expectations and avoid potential disappointment. Referral to voice and communication specialists can address concerns through tailored voice training and assisting those dissatisfied with outcomes or lacking access to hormone treatment.7

 

Electrolysis And Laser Hair Removal

Hair removal is a significant part of transitioning for many transgender women (or females), particularly for those seeking a more stereotypical feminine appearance. The process helps alleviate dysphoria, boosts self-confidence, and enhances overall quality of life.19 The U,S, Food and Drug Administration recognizes laser hair removal as a permanent hair removal method.17 It targets melanin in hair follicles using laser light waves.19 An alternative, electrolysis, also removes hair permanently using a small probe inserted into individual hair follicles to administer an electric current.17

 

For individuals undergoing GAHT, healthcare providers need to keep specific considerations in mind. Among transgender women taking estrogen19

  • Estrogen hormone therapy often results in an overall reduction in body hair, except for minimal effects on facial and genital hair.
  • The extent of hair removal (complete hairlessness or retaining some hair) depends on personal preference and comfort levels.
  • Many transgender women find facial and neck hair removal crucial for increased self-confidence, reduced dysphoria, and a sense of safety in public spaces.
  • Those prioritizing gender-affirming lower surgeries like vaginoplasty (vagina construction surgery) require completely hair-free areas for surgery preparation, as hair growth within transformed tissue can cause complications.

 

For transgender men taking testosterone19

  • Testosterone hormone therapy generally leads to increased body hair growth.
  • Preparing for surgeries like phalloplasty (penis construction surgery) often requires completely hair-free skin areas for successful procedures, the specific area depending on the type of surgery planned.
  • It is important to note that electrolysis doesn't prevent the growth of new hair follicles activated by testosterone. Therefore, new hair growth might occur in areas previously treated with electrolysis due to testosterone’s effects on stimulating hair follicles.

 

The adverse effects of hormone therapy may be beneficial for some patients, while being detrimental to others. It is critical for healthcare providers to educate patients on hair removal methods and their impact within the context of hormone therapy, so that patients understand what to expect.

 

Gender-Affirming Surgery

Gender-affirming surgery is often a crucial milestone for many, but not all transgender adults.3 Broadly classified into two categories, surgeries (1) directly impact fertility or (2) have no effect on fertility.3 Surgeries that alter fertility involve procedures like the removal of male genitalia (penis and gonads) for transgender women or the removal of female reproductive organs (uterus and ovaries) for transgender men.3 Surgeries that do not affect fertility include chest masculinization or breast augmentation, facial feminization, or facial masculinization surgeries.3

 

There is a lack of evidence supporting the routine discontinuation of hormone therapy before planned surgeries.20 The majority of evidence advocating for estrogen cessation before surgery is derived from studies involving oral synthetic estrogen regimens (ethinyl estradiol), which are uncommon in transgender patients.19 WPATH advises maintaining estrogen therapy both before and after surgical procedures in transgender women, particularly in those without specific risk factors such as smoking, family history of VTE, or the use of synthetic estrogens.7 If the patient has the previously mentioned risk factors, the prescribing endocrinologist should discuss estrogen therapy cessation in the perioperative setting openly with the patient and make decisions collaboratively.20 Typically, an acceptable timeframe for estrogen discontinuation is two to four weeks before the procedure.20 Anticipated physiological and psychological withdrawal symptoms may include anxiety, autonomic hyperactivity, depression, decreased seizure threshold, and fatigue.20 This comprehensive approach ensures a thoughtful consideration of hormonal factors in the surgical process for transgender women.

 

Evidence suggests that there is generally no need to discontinue testosterone treatment routinely in transgender men before scheduled or elective surgery despite the concern that testosterone can be aromatized to estradiol, which theoretically could increase the clotting risk.20 A recent systematic review found no association of increased VTE complications after surgery with perioperative testosterone use.21,22

 

The decision to undergo these surgeries is deeply personal and varies based on individual needs, preferences, financial access, and dysphoria. Access to comprehensive information, counseling, and support from healthcare professionals helps patients make informed decisions aligned with their gender identity and long-term goals while understanding the potential impact on fertility.3


PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient would like to undergo breast augmentation but has only been on hormone therapy for six months. Is she eligible for the surgery?

 

Chest or “Top” Surgery

“Top” surgery is either removing breast tissue for a more masculine appearance or enhancing breast size and shape for a more feminine appearance. Breast surgery is a type of gender-affirming surgery with no impact on fertility.3 Since breast size varies among females, it is advisable for transgender women to postpone breast augmentation surgery until they have undergone at least two years of estrogen therapy.3 This is recommended because the breasts continue to grow during this period of hormone therapy.3

 

Meanwhile, the primary masculinizing surgery for transgender men is a mastectomy, which also has no impact on fertility.3 While breast size only partially regresses with androgen therapy, discussions about mastectomy in adults typically occur after androgen therapy starts.3 However, in some cases where trans-masculine adolescents present after significant breast development, a mastectomy may be considered approximately two years after starting androgen therapy and before the age of 18.3 Treatment decisions should be individualized based on the individual’s physical and mental health status. 3

 

Genital or “Bottom” Surgery

Genital or “bottom” surgery involves transforming and reconstructing the genitalia. According to The Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline Criteria for Gender-Affirming Surgery, the following factors may influence decisions related to fertility preservation3:

  1. Persistent and well-documented gender dysphoria
  2. Meets the legal age requirement in the relevant country
  3. Use of gender-affirming hormones for a continuous 12-month period, unless there is a medical contraindication
  4. Successful in living full-time as a new gender role for the duration of 12 months
  5. Well-controlled management of any significant medical or mental health conditions, if present
  6. Demonstrated knowledge of practical aspects related to surgery, including cost, required lengths of hospitalizations, likely complications, and postsurgical rehabilitation.

 

Gender-affirming surgeries for transgender women that affect fertility include procedures like gonadectomy (orchiectomy), penectomy, and the creation of a neovagina.3 In the case of transgender men, surgeries that affect fertility include an oophorectomy, vaginectomy, complete hysterectomy, and the creation of a neopenis.3 Infertility can occur from both the temporary consequences of gender-affirming hormone therapy and permanent effects of gender-affirming surgeries (GAS).6 It is crucial to engage in ongoing discussions about infertility risks and fertility preservation options with transgender individuals and their families before and after initiation of therapies and surgeries.6

 

OTHER CARE IMPACTED BY GAHT

Anticoagulation

When assessing the risk of VTE associated with GAHT, it is crucial to consider the alternative—the risk of not providing GAHT.22 Withholding GAHT could lead to adverse mental health consequences that might outweigh the risk of VTE.20 Some individuals may seek hormone therapy outside clinical care settings (that is, from unreliable sources) if healthcare providers refuse to provide it.22

 

For transgender individuals experiencing VTE while on GAHT, treatment should align with current therapeutic anticoagulation recommendations for cisgender individuals.20 The American Society of Hematology guidelines recommend direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) over other options due to a lower risk of bleeding.22 Despite limited data in transgender people, recent case reports suggest DOACs are effective in those with VTE during GAHT. In severe cases threatening limbs, clinicians can consider thrombolysis and recommend it as they would in cisgender individuals.22 GAHT discontinuation during an acute VTE episode is often recommended, especially with above normal hormone levels, but this recommendation lacks extensive data.22 Clinicians and patients should discuss the potential risks and benefits of continuing GAHT during an episode.

 

Following acute VTE treatment, the decision to resume GAHT becomes complex. Many clinicians continue GAHT, even in patients with previous VTE, along with full-intensity anticoagulation to prevent recurrence.22 Although researchers have not conducted systematic evaluation in transgender patients, this approach was effective in cisgender women on hormone therapy.22 While cisgender patients may reduce anticoagulation dose after initial therapy, it is uncertain if dose reduction is prudent with GAHT. Shared decision-making, emphasizing the risks and benefits, remains crucial in determining the course of GAHT post-VTE treatment.

 

Estimating Kidney Function

Many healthcare providers are accustomed to using the Cockcroft-Gault equation to estimate kidney function.23 This formula factors in sex, causing uncertainty as to how to calculate creatinine clearance in transgender patients. Although GAHT affects muscle mass and creatinine, using the duration of therapy is unreliable because the timing and magnitude of effect differ by individual. As such, cystatin C is often more accurate than creatinine. Acknowledging that cystatin C levels are not accessible at all practice sites, some experts suggest using the Cockcroft-Gault-calculated male and female creatinine clearance estimates as a range. Other methods include using vancomycin clearance calculations.23

 

Fertility Preservation

Individuals who have transitioned may wish to have biological children for personal reasons, to maintain a genetic connection with their offspring, or to conform with cultural expectations.22 While many transgender individuals may not initially consider having children, their desires can change over time.24 In a survey of 50 transgender men who had undergone gender-affirmation surgery, the majority (77%) had not contemplated fertility preservation before GAHT. An average of 9.9 years after starting testosterone therapy, 54% of participants wanted to have children.25 The study also found that participants with children had a higher quality of life than those who did not have children.25

 

Fertility preservation through the cryopreservation of sperm and oocytes is a well-established technique, available for pubertal, late pubertal, and adult individuals assigned male or female at birth.6 Ideally, clinicians should present this option before initiating GAHT.7 Clinicians can offer embryo cryopreservation to adult transgender individuals, particularly those who have completed puberty, express a desire to have a child, and have a willing partner.7

 

While research has shown semen parameters may be compromised after the initiation of GAHT, a small study indicated that when treatment was discontinued, semen parameters were minimally altered.26 In regards to oocyte preservation, there is no expectation that assisted reproductive technology (ART) treatments would be different for TGD patients compared to cisgender patients.7 The only potential variations are individuals with confounding factors related to infertility.7

 

Barriers to fertility preservation include financial constraints, invasiveness of procedures, and concerns about mistreatment or bias from healthcare providers.24 Some fertility preservation procedures, such as sperm or egg collection, can serve as reminders of their sex assigned at birth and may trigger gender dysphoria.24 Transgender individuals who pursued ART reported mixed experiences. Some have positive encounters with supportive providers who use gender-neutral language. Others experienced misgendering in clinical documentation.24 Patients should be provided with options for future family planning whether they desire biological children or not.

 

BARRIERS IN PRACTICE

Laws and Legislation

When the Supreme Court tackled the Conservative challenge to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), the focus was on whether it was constitutional to mandate health insurance purchase.27 This overshadowed Section 1557's anti-discrimination provisions protecting transgender individuals. The 2016 Rule, finalized by Health and Human Services, extended Title IX's anti-sex discrimination coverage to include "gender identity," ensuring equitable access to healthcare for transgender patients. The Trump administration attempted to reverse these protections but faced legal obstacles. This led to the Supreme Court's ruling in Bostock v. Clayton County, which affirmed protections for transgender individuals under existing civil rights statutes. Despite the Trump administration's efforts, subsequent legal challenges and judicial actions further emphasized protections for transgender individuals, leading to ongoing debates and policy shifts under the Biden administration.27

 

The Bostock ruling, initially about employment, now impacts transgender minors' access to gender-affirming care.27 Federal courts often interpret Title VII and Title IX together, meaning they see both statutes as prohibiting sex-based discrimination similarly.25 This means that the Biden Administration can confidently enforce protections for gender identity under Title IX, following Bostock's reasoning.27 Since Bostock's ruling was made under a majority conservative Supreme Court, it's unlikely to be reversed. This leaves opponents of gender-affirming care to explore other tactics, like raising religious objections or labeling such care as "experimental" or "medically dangerous."27 These viewpoints circumvent many physicians’ clinical judgement, thus restricting how they practice medicine.

 

Over the past 18 months, the number of states implementing laws that restrict or prohibit minors' access to gender affirming care has increased dramatically.28 Currently, the count of states with restrictions increased from just four states in June 2022 to 23 states by January 2024. Among these states, 17 have fully enacted their restrictions, while four face temporary injunctions, and one is permanently blocked pending appeal. The laws vary in complexity, with some focusing on specific aspects of gender affirming care, such as GAHT or gender affirming surgery. Additionally, while these laws primarily target minors' access to care, they often include provisions affecting other groups, such as parents, medical providers, and teachers.28 These laws and policies cause potential harm to the wellbeing of young TGD, thus emphasizing the need for continued advocacy and support for inclusive and affirming practices.

 

Insurance Coverage

Ensuring comprehensive healthcare for transgender individuals requires access to both gender-affirming care and a wide range of inclusive services. However, numerous barriers have historically hindered access, with lack of health insurance coverage being shaped by intersecting factors at the individual, interpersonal, and structural levels.

 

Many state Medicaid programs exclude coverage for gender-affirming care, posing a significant concern given the elevated prevalence of poverty among transgender people. In a study utilizing Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) data, gender non-conforming individuals were nearly twice as likely as cisgender women to report unmet care needs due to financial issues.29According to the 2015 United States Transgender Survey, 25% of insured respondents encountered insurance discrimination.29 Experiences included denial of coverage for gender-specific services, such as cancer screenings (13%), for care unrelated to gender affirmation (7%), and for gender-affirming surgery (55%) or hormone therapy (25%).29 TGD individuals (33%) reported negative experiences related to being transgender when seeing a healthcare provider in the previous year, which includes verbal harassment, physical assault, or treatment refusal.29 Additionally, 23% refrained from seeking care when needed in the previous year due to fear of mistreatment.29

 

A 2019 systematic review revealed that 27% (range, 19% to 40%) of transgender individuals reported outright denial of healthcare.230 Assessments of provider readiness indicate that many clinicians lack training in transgender clinical and cultural competency, potentially contributing to interpersonal discrimination in healthcare settings.

 

Assessing Implicit Bias, Addressing Bad Behavior

  1. Respect Gender Identity: TGD individuals deserve the same respect as cisgender patients. Address patients by their chosen name and pronouns, reflecting their gender identity. Avoid gossiping or making jokes about patients and treat them with the same respect you would want at work.31

 

  1. Recognize Workplace Values: Understand the difference between your personal beliefs and the workplace values of dignity and respect for everyone. While you are entitled to your opinions, professionalism requires setting aside personal views and treating everyone with fairness and courtesy in the workplace.31

 

3.Seek Feedback and Learn from Mistakes: Don't be afraid to ask for feedback from TGD individuals about how you can better support them or avoid inadvertently causing harm. Be open to learning from your mistakes and apologize if you unintentionally offend someone. Additionally, take the initiative to stay updated on evolving terminology and practice recommendations, as ideas/norms about gender are fluid and change over time. Learning from reputable sources, such as The Trevor Project's Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth, shows a genuine commitment to fostering inclusivity and respect in the workplace.31,32

 

  1. Support Colleagues with Challenges: If you notice co-workers struggling to adjust to interactions with TGD individuals, offer gentle reminders about using the correct name and pronouns. Help them understand the impact of their behavior on both the TGD individual and the workplace environment. Encourage empathy and understanding to foster a more inclusive workplace culture.31

 

  1. Intervene When Appropriate: If you witness blatant inappropriate behavior or discriminatory actions with no remorse towards a TGD individual in the workplace, don't remain silent. Find appropriate ways to intervene, whether it's addressing the behavior directly, reporting it to management, or offering support to the affected individual. Standing up against prejudice and discrimination helps create a safer and more inclusive work environment for everyone.31

 

CONCLUSION

Embracing gender diversity and providing gender-affirming care is essential in healthcare settings, including pharmacies. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians who employ inclusive language and possess a thorough understanding of pharmacological interventions play a critical role for transgender individuals. Pharmacists can help tailor GAHT regimens to individual patient needs, promoting safety and helping patients achieve their goals towards gender affirmation. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can create a more inclusive and safer environment when interacting with patients. As healthcare workers in the pharmacy setting, we can provide patients with the resources they need without judgement.

 

Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

Pharmacist Questions
Learning Objectives
After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
● Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

1. Why is it important for pharmacists to use inclusive language in their practice?
A) To demonstrate respect for patients with diverse gender identities
B) To comply with legal regulations and licensing requirements
C) To confirm assumptions about demographic information

2. Emily, a 35-year-old transgender individual, is scheduled for a routine medical appointment. As a healthcare provider, you want to ensure a welcoming and inclusive environment for Emily. Which of the following statements best aligns with employing gender-inclusive language and respecting Emily's identity?
A) Address Emily using birth-assigned pronouns until pronouns are disclosed
B) Assume Emily's pronouns based on appearance and mannerisms
C) Ask Emily if they are comfortable sharing their gender identity

3. What are the goals of feminizing pharmacology care?
A) Development of female secondary sex characteristics
B) Development of female primary sex characteristics
C) Minimization of female secondary sex characteristics

4. Sarah, a 35-year-old transgender woman, is scheduled for a consultation regarding feminizing hormone therapy. During the appointment, she asks her healthcare provider about the medication commonly used as an antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy. Which of the following medications should the healthcare provider explain as a commonly used antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy?
A) Testosterone
B) Spironolactone
C) Progesterone

5. How do GnRH agonists work in puberty suppression?
a) By stimulating testosterone or estrogen production
B) By reducing gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones levels
C) By inhibiting the secretion of luteinizing hormone

6. What is the recommended approach to chest binding?
a) Use methods like duct tape or plastic wrap for maximum compression
B) Educate patients on safe binding techniques and monitor for adverse effects
C) Advise the patient to wear chest binders only during strenuous physical activities.

7. Which of the following is the best recommendation for TGD individuals seeking treatment on voice and communication?
A) Assume that all TGD individuals will experience complete alignment between their voice and gender identity after hormone therapy.
B) Provide early counseling to establish realistic expectations about the potential impact of hormone therapy on voice and communication.
C) Advise TGD individuals to avoid seeking voice training if they are dissatisfied with the outcomes of hormone treatment.

8. Michael, a 28-year-old transgender man, visits the clinic for a consultation on hormone therapy. He expresses his desire to develop more masculine features and asks about the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men. Which of the following hormones should the healthcare provider explain to Michael as the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
a) Progesterone
b) Estrogen
c) Testosterone

9. Jax, a 22-year-old transgender individual, is considering "top" surgery as part of their gender-affirming journey. They have just started estrogen therapy and are eager to know how long they should continue before considering breast augmentation. How long should Jax be on sex hormone therapy before undergoing "top surgery?
a) 6 months
b) 1 year
c) 2 years

10. What is the ideal timing for presenting fertility preservation options to individuals considering Gender-Affirming Hormone Therapy (GAHT)?
a) After initiating GAHT
b) Before initiating GAHT
c) During GAHT

Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

Pharmacy Technician Questions

Learning Objectives
After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
● Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

1. What is the importance of using gender-inclusive language in healthcare settings, particularly when addressing diverse gender identities?
a) To make patients more comfortable by reinforcing traditional gender norms
b) To acknowledge and respect all gender identities while avoiding assumptions
c) To limit communication with patients and coworkers for more efficient conversations

2. Which pronoun is recommended for use when unsure of someone's gender identity?
a) He/him/his
b) She/her/hers
c) They/them/theirs

3. What is the suggested language to use when inviting individuals to bring their partners to an event in a gender-inclusive manner?
A) "Bring your husbands or wives."
B) "Bring your spouses or partners."
C) "Bring your boyfriends or girlfriends."

4. Which hormone therapy medication is commonly used to achieve pubertal suppression in transgender adolescents?
A) Estrogen
B) GnRH agonists
C) Progesterone

5. Which medication is commonly used as hormone therapy in feminizing hormone therapy?
a) Testosterone
b) Estrogen
c) Progesterone

6. What is the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
a) Progesterone
b) Estrogen
c) Testosterone

7. When is chest binding commonly used among transgender individuals?
A) To enhance breast growth
B) To reduce the appearance of chest size
C) To prevent muscle loss

8. Which surgery is typically recommended for transgender males seeking to masculinize their chest appearance?
A) Appendectomy
B) Mastectomy
C) Breast augmentation

9. What is the recommended approach when a patient asks about chest binding?
a) Express personal opinions about transgender identities and ask follow-up questions about sexual orientation
B) Offer counseling services on safe binding techniques from a professional
C) Tell the patient that they need surgery because chest binding is not safe

10. Amy, a 43-year-old transgender woman, is nervous about picking up her prescription for estrogen tablets for the first time and confides in you about her transgender identity. She asks if the medication will change her voice. Which hormone treatment will NOT lead to desired shifts in voice pitch?
A) Estrogen treatment
B) Testosterone treatment
C) Progesterone treatment

References

Full List of References

References

      REFERENCES

      1. Cooper K, Russell A, Mandy W, Butler C. The phenomenology of gender dysphoria in adults: A systematic review and meta-synthesis. Clin Psychol Rev. 2020;80:101875. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2020.101875
      2. Lindley L, Galupo MP. Gender dysphoria and minority stress: Support for inclusion of gender dysphoria as a proximal stressor. Psychol Sex Orient Gender Divers. 2020;7(3), 265–275.
      3. Hembree WC, Cohen-Kettenis PT, Gooren L, et al. Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. Endocr Pract. 2017;23(12):1437. doi:10.4158/1934-2403-23.12.1437
      4. Hodax JK, DiVall S. Gender-affirming endocrine care for youth with a nonbinary gender identity. Ther Adv Endocrinol Metab. 2023;14:20420188231160405. doi:10.1177/20420188231160405
      5. Glossary of Terms. Human Rights Campaign. Accessed March 9, 2024. https://www.hrc.org/resources/glossary-of-terms?utm_source=ads_ms_HRC_20240306-HRC-AW-GS-Natl-GlossaryRP_GlossaryKeywords_a001-dynamic-rst_b:non%20binary&gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQiArrCvBhCNARIsAOkAGcWMlNVNa8mwXDI4nO8wKJYrEIyi5maw0AHGclXc1Is1bJqfO8LFqO8aAstDEALw_wcB
      6. Inclusive Language Guide OneGSMA.; 2020. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.gsma.com/aboutus/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/GSMA-Inclusive-Language-Guide_2020.pdf
      7. Coleman E, Radix AE, Bouman WP, et al. Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People, Version 8. Int J Transgend Health. 2022;23(Suppl 1):S1-S259. doi:10.1080/26895269.2022.2100644
      8. National Cancer Institute. Gonadotropin-releasing hormone. NCI Dictionary of Cancer Terms. Accessed February 27, 2024. https://www.cancer.gov/publications/dictionaries/cancer-terms/def/gonadotropin-releasing-hormone
      9. Estradiol. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 7, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024.http://online.lexi.com/.
      10. Spironolactone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 29, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
      11. Leuprolide. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 23, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
      12. Histrelin. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 6. 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
      13. Aldactone. Package insert. Pfizer; 2018.
      14. Tips for Working with Transgender Coworkers. Transgender Law Center. Accessed March 10, 2024. https://transgenderlawcenter.org/tips-for-working-with-transgender-coworkers/
      15. Glintborg D, T'Sjoen G, Ravn P, Andersen MS. Management of Endocrine Disease: Optimal feminizing hormone treatment in transgender people. Eur J Endocrinol. 2021;185(2):R49-R63. doi:10.1530/EJE-21-0059
      16. Center of Excellence for Transgender Health, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Family and Community Medicine. Guidelines for the Primary and Gender-Affirming Care of Transgender and Gender Nonbinary People.
      17. Irwig MS. Testosterone therapy for transgender men [published correction appears in Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017 Apr;5(4):e2]. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017;5(4):301-311. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(16)00036-X
      18. Testosterone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 8, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
      19. Ziegler A, Henke T, Wiedrick J, Helou LB. Effectiveness of testosterone therapy for masculinizing voice in transgender patients: A meta-analytic review. Int J Transgenderism, 2018:19(1);25-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/15532739.2017.1411857.
      20. Electrolysis vs. Laser Hair Removal: An Intro for Trans Folks. www.pointofpride.org. Published June 8, 2023. Accessed January 6, 2024. https://www.pointofpride.org/blog/electrolysis-vs-laser-hair-removal-an-intro-for-trans-folks
      21. Tollinche LE, Rosa WE, van Rooyen CD. Perioperative Considerations for Person-Centered Gender-Affirming Surgery. Adv Anesth. 2021;39:77-96. doi:10.1016/j.aan.2021.07.005
      22. Boskey ER, Taghinia AH, Ganor O. Association of Surgical Risk with Exogenous Hormone Use in Transgender Patients: A Systematic Review. JAMA Surg. 2019;154(2):159-169. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2018.4598
      23. Arrington-Sanders R, Connell NT, Coon D, et al. Assessing and Addressing the Risk of Venous Thromboembolism Across the Spectrum of Gender Affirming Care: A Review. Endocr Pract. 2023;29(4):272-278. doi:10.1016/j.eprac.2022.12.008
      24. Rungkitwattanakul J. GFR Estimation in Transgender Patients: An Evolution in Progress. Oral presentation at: 2023 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists Midyear Clinical Meeting & Exhibition; December 2023; Anaheim, CA.
      25. Ainsworth AJ, Allyse M, Khan Z. Fertility Preservation for Transgender Individuals: A Review. Mayo Clin Proc. 2020;95(4):784-792. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2019.10.040
      26. Wierckx K, Van Caenegem E, Pennings G, et al. Reproductive wish in transsexual men. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(2):483-487. doi:10.1093/humrep/der406
      27. Adeleye AJ, Cedars MI, Smith J, Mok-Lin E. Ovarian stimulation for fertility preservation or family building in a cohort of transgender men. J Assist Reprod Genet. 2019;36(10):2155-2161. doi:10.1007/s10815-019-01558-y
      28. Greg Mercer, First, Do No Harm: Prioritizing Patients Over Politics in the Battle Over Gender-Affirming Care, 39 Ga. St. U. L. Rev. 479 (2023). Accessed May 19, 2024.

      https://readingroom.law.gsu.edu/gsulr/vol39/iss2/11

      1. Dawson L, Published JK. The Proliferation of State Actions Limiting Youth Access to Gender Affirming Care. KFF. Published January 31, 2024. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/the-proliferation-of-state-actions-limiting-youth-access-to-gender-affirming-care/
      2. Scheim AI, Baker KE, Restar AJ, Sell RL. Health and Health Care Among Transgender Adults in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health. 2022;43:503-523. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-052620-100313
      3. Kcomt L. Profound health-care discrimination experienced by transgender people: rapid systematic review. Soc Work Health Care. 2019;58(2):201-219. doi:10.1080/00981389.2018.1532941
      4. The Trevor Project. A Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth. The Trevor Project. Accessed October 1, 2024. https://www.thetrevorproject.org/resources/guide/a-guide-to-being-an-ally-to-transgender-and-nonbinary-youth/

       

      GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY

      Learning Objectives

       

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

      • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
      • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
      • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
      • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

      • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
      • Distinguish types of gene therapies
      • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
      • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

      A boy, sitting in a chair, and a girl, in a wheelchair, excited surrounded by multiple DNA strands.

      Release Date:

      Release Date:  November 1, 2024

      Expiration Date: November 1, 2027

      Course Fee

      Pharmacists: $7

      Pharmacy Technicians: $4

      There is no grant funding for this CE activity

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist: 24YC50-ABC23

      Pharmacy Technician: 24YC50-BCA78

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

       

      Sandy Casinghino, MS
      Retired Senior Principal Scientist
      Pfizer, Groton, CT

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Ms. Casinghino has no relationships with ineligible companies.

       

      ABSTRACT

      Gene therapy is a relatively new class of medicine that is rapidly evolving, and that brings hope for a cure to patients with genetic diseases. This continuing education activity will introduce learners to the diverse approaches that researchers and clinicians use to correct genes, including in vivo and ex vivo gene therapies. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector-based in vivo gene therapy, one of the most common approaches, is the focus of this learning activity. This activity describes the biology of AAV, vector design and production, toxicities, and FDA-approved AAV-based gene therapies. Finally, a look to the future includes new AAV-based therapies that are in development and a discussion of immune system-related hurdles that must be conquered before AAV-based gene therapy can reach its full potential in maximizing patient efficacy and safety.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

      Gene therapy is a medical approach to replace missing genes or correct dysfunctional genes in patients with genetic diseases. Gene therapies are best suited for patients who have well-defined, single (monogenic) mutations.1,2 Many are rare diseases for which there are few, if any, treatment options. Therapeutics to correct gene mutations are biologics with the potential to cure a variety of previously incurable diseases such as muscular dystrophy, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, and some types of blindness. Scientists are also developing gene therapies to stop cancer-causing genes and boost immune responses against tumors.

       

      The term “gene therapy” encompasses multiple broad strategies that can be separated into two general approaches: in vivo (performed inside an organism) and ex vivo (cells that are removed from the organism, genetically modified, and then returned to organism).3 Within these approaches, multiple techniques and delivery systems are currently used or in development:4,5

      • Viral vectors (in vivo or ex vivo)
      • Non-viral delivery particles (in vivo or ex vivo)
      • Gene editing (in vivo or ex vivo)
      • Cell engineering (ex vivo only)

       

      The entire field of gene therapy is beyond the scope of this activity. This activity’s focus will be in vivo gene delivery via engineered adeno-associated virus (AAV), with some discussion of gene therapy’s basics and background. This is valuable information for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians as this complex biologic class matures and more gene therapies become available to patients.

       

      BASICS OF GENE THERAPY

      Gene Therapy Terminology

      People outside of the field may be unfamiliar with many terms used to describe gene therapies. Table 1 defines common terms.

       

      Table 1. Common Terms Used to Describe Gene Therapy6,7,8

      Term Definition
      In vivo gene therapy Administered directly into patients by injection
      Ex vivo gene therapy Cells are removed from patients, genetically modified, and re-introduced into patients
      Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector Genetically modified virus commonly used to deliver gene therapy in vivo
      Capsid Outer icosahedral (20 roughly triangular facets arranged in a spherical or spherical-like manner) protein shell of the virus/viral vector
      Serotype Distinct variation between viral capsids within a species based on surface antigens (e.g., AAV serotype 9 [AAV9])
      Host Gene therapy recipient
      Tropism A virus’s specificity for a particular host tissue, likely driven by cell-surface receptors on host cells
      Target tissue Tissue/organ/cell type intended for genetic correction
      Gene of interest (GOI)/

      transgene

      Gene that needs to be fixed
      Expression cassette GOI plus DNA sequences to make it function, including a promoter
      Inverted terminal repeat (ITR) DNA sequences that flank the GOI as part of the expression cassette; required for genome replication and packaging; the ITR-flanked transgene forms a circular structure (episome)
      Episome Self-contained and self-replicating circular DNA that contains the expression cassette; stays in the cell’s cytoplasm and does not become part of the cell’s chromosomes
      cap Gene that encodes the proteins comprising the virus capsid
      rep Gene that encodes replicase proteins required for virus replication and packaging
      Neutralizing antibodies (NAb) Antibodies that bind to specific areas of viral vector capsids to block uptake by host cells
      Vector genomes/kilogram of patient body weight (vg/kg) Common terminology for vector dosing; sometimes referred to as genome copies (gc) per kilogram

      DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid.

       

      We have used brand drug names preferentially throughout this activity because generic names for gene therapies are complex (See Sidebar).

       

      SIDEBAR: What’s in a Name? How Are Gene Therapies Named?9,10

       

      For in vivo gene therapies, the generic names are composed of two words:

      • First word corresponds to the gene component
        • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
        • Infix: element to denote the gene’s pharmacologic class (gene’s mechanism of action)
        • Suffix: element to indicate “gene”
      • Second word corresponds to the vector component
        • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
        • Infix: element to denote the viral vector family
        • Suffix: element to identify the vector type (non-replicating, replicating, plasmid)
        • 4-letter distinguishing suffix: devoid of meaning and attached to the core name with a hyphen

      Example:

       

      The Pros and Cons of Gene Therapy 

      Patients and/or caregivers considering gene therapy should consider several factors11-13:

      • Duration of efficacy
        • PRO: Potential exists for permanent correction of a disease state. If successful, patients may not need lifelong treatments/medications.
        • CON: Gene therapy is relatively new and long-term efficacy data is lacking. If gene expression wanes over time, patients may need redosing (which may be impossible) or alternative treatments.
      • Safety
        • PRO: Regulatory agencies have approved several products, and safety data is available.
        • CON: Complete understanding of adverse effect mechanisms is lacking, and long-term safety information doesn’t exist.
      • Cost
        • PRO: A curative gene therapy may be more cost-effective than a lifetime of other medications/treatments.
        • CON: Available gene therapies are very expensive, $2.9 to $3.5 million for the AAV in vivo therapies approved in 2022 and 2023.

       

      The History of Gene Therapy

      Gene therapy is a relatively new field. Clinicians ran the first clinical trial in 1990. Scientists made several advancements in the 1990s and early 2000s, and progress has rapidly accelerated since then.14 (See Sidebar).

       

      ABBREVIATIONS: AAV, adeno-associated virus vector; Ad, adenovirus; ADD, adenosine deaminase deficient; ALL, acute lymphoblastic leukemia; CALD, cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy; CAR T, chimeric antigen receptor; Cas9, CRISPR-associated protein 9; CRISPR, clustered regularly interspaced palindromic repeats; DMD, Duchenne muscular dystrophy; EMA, European Medicines Agency; FDA, Food and Drug Administration; HSC, human stem cells; LV, lentivirus; DLBCL, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma; SCD, sickle cell disease; SCID, severe combined immunodeficiency disorder; SMA, spinal muscular atrophy; TDT, transfusion-dependent thalassemia.

       

      Gene Therapy Systems

      Viral Vectors

      Prototypical gene therapy is an in vivo approach to curing genetic diseases. It uses a delivery vehicle, such as an engineered virus that encapsulates the gene of interest (GOI) for injection into a patient by various routes, such as intravenous (IV), intraocular, or intrathecal.39 This method takes advantage of a virus’s natural ability to enter mammalian cells efficiently. Once the delivery vehicle enters host cells, the encapsulated gene drives production of the missing or faulty protein. Clinicians use this approach for diseases such as muscular dystrophies, where mutations in the dystrophin gene cause progressive weakness and muscle-wasting, and cystic fibrosis, where mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene impair lung function.

       

      Non-viral Delivery Vehicles

      Non-viral delivery vehicles, such as nanoparticles, can also deliver genes or gene editing systems in vivo. These particles use biocompatible materials such as polymers and lipids to carry genes or nucleic acids into cells.3 Researchers can customize a particle’s physiochemical properties to target the intended cell types better and evade immune responses. Non-viral particles are less efficient than viruses at entering cells but may have several other advantages. It’s likely that most patients are immunologically naïve to manufactured particles and lack pre-existing antibodies that may prevent successful uptake by cells. Non-viral particles may also be easier to manufacture and purify, making them more cost-effective to produce than viral vectors.40

       

      Recent gene therapy clinical trials using nanoparticles or lipid nanoparticles include the following41-43:

      • Reqorsa: contains a tumor suppressor gene encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of several types of lung cancer
      • NTLA-2001: contains a gene editing system encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of hereditary transthyretin amyloidosis (a disease which deposits abnormal protein [amyloid] in organs)

       

      Gene Editing Systems

      Gene editing systems, which can be in vivo or ex vivo approaches, can provide precise, targeted gene modifications. Gene editors are engineered nucleases (enzymes) that produce double-stranded breaks at a specific target site. These breaks stimulate the cell’s natural DNA repair mechanisms, resulting in the repair of the break by homology-directed repair or non-homologous end joining. With these systems, target-specific DNA insertions, deletions, modifications, or replacements are all possible.3,44

       

      Many gene editing tools exist, including3,44

      • clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) Cas-associated nucleases
      • transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs)
      • zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs)
      • meganucleases (MNs)

       

      Gene editing ex vivo systems are a fast-growing area with many programs in development.41 In vivo gene editing is rife with challenges, especially those concerning delivery to the intended cells. Gene editing systems are an evolving cutting-edge platform reviewed in much more detail elsewhere.3,44,45

       

      Ex Vivo Gene Therapy

      In ex vivo gene therapy, medical and/or laboratory personnel remove a patient’s cells from the body, genetically modify them (using viral vectors, non-viral delivery particles, or gene editing systems), and then re-introduce them into the patient. Alternatives to the use of a patient’s cells include genetically modified cell lines or cells from another donor. The use of autologous (patients’ own) cells avoids the need to find an immuno-compatible donor. Examples of systems include chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells and engineered hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). CAR T cells are T lymphocytes that are modified to recognize tumor antigens, such as the B lymphocyte antigen Cluster of Differentiation-19 (CD-19) and B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA). Once genetically modified, the CAR T cells bind to cells expressing the tumor antigen and subsequently kill them. HSC have the ability for self-renewal and to differentiate into multiple cell lineages, therefore engineering them to correct genetic flaws such as enzyme deficiencies and hemoglobinopathies (inherited disorders affecting hemoglobin, the molecule that transports oxygen in the blood) makes them a promising approach.

       

      Several products have received regulatory approval in the United States (U.S.)46:

      • Autologous CAR T cells47-50
        • CD19-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for the treatment of various types of B cell lymphomas include the following:
          • Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) – approved 2017
          • Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) – approved 2017
          • Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2020
          • Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel) – approved 2021
        • BCMA-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for treatment of relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma include the following51,52:
          • Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel) – approved 2021
          • Carvykti (ciltacabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2022
      • Autologous HSC-based gene therapies include the following53-56:
        • Skysona (elivaldogene autotemcel) – slows neurological dysfunction in cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy by inducing synthesis of adrenoleukodystrophy protein – approved 2022
        • Zynteglo (betibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2022
        • Casgevy (exagamglogene autotemcel) – first FDA-approved CRISPR/Cas9 gene-editing therapeutic; corrects sickle cell disease (SCD) and transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023
        • Lyfgenia (lovotibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects SCD by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023

       

      CAR T cell gene therapy is an effective treatment for several types of cancers but comes with many challenges to patients, medical professionals, and pharmacy personnel. Product manufacturing, administration, and adverse effect mitigation are more complex than for many other treatment types. Medical, laboratory, and/or pharmacy personal carry out the following key steps at specialized medical centers47-50:

      1. Collect the patient’s white blood cells (leukapheresis)
      2. Manufacture the CAR T cells in a laboratory with a typical time frame of two to four weeks
        • Patients may need to travel to and remain near the center while they wait for the cells
        • If the process fails, then personnel must repeat the cell collection and CAR T cell manufacturing
      3. Administer chemotherapy to deplete the patient’s lymphocytes, two to 14 days prior to CAR T cell infusion, which makes room for the CAR T cells
      4. Administer the CAR T cells to the patient by slow infusion to minimize infusion-related adverse reactions
      5. Monitor the patient for at least four weeks, likely requiring the patient to stay at or near the treatment center

       

      This therapy class carries Boxed Warnings:

      • CD-19 directed therapies47-50,57
        • Cytokine release syndrome (CRS): over-activation of the immune system with release of large amounts of cytokines (immune system proteins); this is a common, potentially life-threatening adverse event
        • Neurotoxicity: the mechanism by which this occurs is not well understood, but it is common and can be life-threatening
      • BCMA-directed therapies53,54
        • CRS and neurotoxicity as listed for CD-19 directed therapies
        • Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis/macrophage activation syndrome: a hyperinflammatory immune response that can be life-threatening
        • Prolonged cytopenia (low numbers of blood cells) with bleeding and infection; can be life-threatening

       

      Ex vivo gene therapy with autologous HSC is also a complex process with multiple challenges and toxicities.53,54 For these therapies, medical personnel pretreat patients with granulocyte-colony stimulating factor to increase production and release of HSCs from bone marrow. Laboratory staff then collect and purify HSC from the patient’s blood. Staff may need to collect cells more than once to amass the required number of cells or in cases where manufacturing fails. Laboratory staff genetically modify the patient’s HSCs, typically with a lentiviral vector, to express the GOI. The cell manufacturing process can take up to three months. The modified cells require cryopreservation and liquid nitrogen storage conditions, adding to the process’s complexity.

       

      When the cells are ready, medical personnel administer lymphocyte-depleting chemotherapy to the patient to remove HSCs that are making the faulty protein and to make room in the bone marrow for the genetically modified HSCs. Next, medical personnel infuse the thawed HSCs to the patient intravenously. After infusion, patients may need to stay at the medical center for several months for recovery and monitoring.

       

      The prescribing information lists toxicities including prolonged cytopenias, serious infections, and an increased risk for lentiviral vector-mediated oncogenesis (development of a new cancer). It recommends patient monitoring for 15 years to life for hematologic malignancies. Skysona and Lyfgenia have Boxed Warnings for hematologic malignancy.53,56

       

      The overview above describes how the field of gene therapy is broad and encompasses multiple approaches. New and evolving approaches include non-viral delivery, gene editing, and ex vivo cell engineering; they have recently started to become available to patients. This is an exciting and hopeful time for patients with genetically-linked diseases, and it is likely that many more effective and approved therapies will be available soon.

       

      AAV-BASED IN VIVO GENE THERAPY

      Although researchers are developing viral vectors based on many types of viruses (e.g., adenovirus, gamma retrovirus, herpes simplex virus, lentivirus) adeno-associated virus (AAV) has emerged as the leading viral vector for in vivo gene therapy with five current regulatory approvals in the U.S. and many more programs under development.41,46 Its favorable characteristics include not causing human disease, inability to replicate in the host without a helper virus, and ability to elicit a low host immune response relative to many other viruses. Since the expression cassette is typically maintained on an episome, scientists expect AAV-based vectors to have a low frequency of integration into the host genome, conferring a minimal risk of cancer.58 In addition, at least one serotype of AAV (AAV9) can cross the blood-brain barrier making AAV a suitable choice for neurologic diseases without invasive local administration of the vectors into the brain. Researchers find AAV-based vectors to be attractive, versatile tools with suitable properties and utility for a wide variety of diseases.

       

      AAV Biology

      Naturally occurring AAVs are small, non-enveloped viruses that belong to the Parvovirus family. They have a linear single-stranded DNA genome of approximately 4.7 kilobases, including rep and cap genes that encode for replication and capsid proteins, respectively.3 Figure 1A illustrates the genomic structure of a wild type (naturally occurring) AAV.

       

      In engineered AAVs used for gene therapy, developers remove the rep and cap genes and replace them with an expression cassette, as illustrated in Figure 1B. The expression cassette contains the GOI, regulatory elements (promoter/enhancer), and poly-adenosine tail (to stabilize the messenger RNA and facilitate translation into protein) flanked by inverted terminal repeats (ITRs; required for genome replication and packaging). The expression cassette replaces approximately 96% of the native genome.3

       

      Figure 1. Genomic Structure of Wild Type AAV and Engineered AAV Vector


      cap, capsid gene; GOI, gene of interest; ITR, inverted terminal repeat; rep, replicase gene.

       

      AAV capsids in both the wild type AAV and engineered AAV vectors are composed of three viral proteins (VPs) named VP1, VP2, and VP3. Sixty molecules of these proteins, estimated to exist in a 1:1:10 ratio (VP1:VP2:VP3), assemble into each icosahedral capsid (Figure 2). The VP sequences overlap, with VP1 being 137 amino acids longer than VP2, which is 57 amino acids longer than VP3. Differences in VP3 sequences distinguish one AAV serotype from another.59

       

      Figure 2. Protein Structure of the AAV Capsid


      VP, viral protein.

       

      AAV exists as at least 11 natural serotypes, which share about 51% to 99% sequence identity in their VP3 protein.60,61 Sequence comparisons between different AAV serotypes identified nine variable regions situated on the capsid surface. The specific amino acid sequences of these regions impact AAV binding to host cell receptors, thus determining cell- and tissue-specific tropism (affinity for a specific tissue or cell type). These variable sequences also function as binding sites (epitopes) for AAV-specific antibodies, thus influencing host immune responses.62

       

      An AAV serotype can be tropic to multiple cell types and tissues, and multiple serotypes can be tropic to the same cells/tissues. Researchers isolate serotypes from non-human primates and develop synthetic serotypes using protein engineering to alter tropisms and/or evade pre-existing AAV-specific antibodies.1

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: If your child had a life-shortening genetic disorder and a new AAV9-based therapy became available, how would you feel if your child had a high anti-AAV9 neutralizing antibody titer that excluded them from clinical trials or treatment?

       

      Neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) are naturally occurring antibodies that bind to AAV surface epitopes and block uptake into target cells. NAb binding to the AAV capsid can induce rapid clearance of the gene therapy by the patient’s immune system. Clinical personnel must screen patients for pre-existing Nabs. Trial protocols and prescribing instructions often exclude patients with NAbs specific for the gene therapy’s serotype.

       

      Older children and adults tend to have a high prevalence of pre-existing antibodies against commonly circulating (wild type) AAV serotypes because of previous exposure to these viruses over the course of their lives. For example, studies showed that approximately 40% of humans have NAbs to AAV serotypes 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.63 Between 6% and 95% of individuals with hemophilia A and B have AAV-specific antibodies based on AAV serotype and assay used.64 In addition, due to the high degree of conservation of capsid protein amino acid sequences, pre-existing antibodies to one serotype may cross-react with other serotypes, further limiting the availability of a therapy for a patient. Patients without NAbs prior to gene therapy will develop high titers of NAbs following vector administration, rendering them ineligible for additional rounds of gene therapy with the same vector or a cross-reactive serotype.1,63-65

       

      Vector Design

      To create a vector for a particular disease, drug developers try to target an AAV vector to the specific cell or tissue type where gene correction is needed. The capsid serotype choice significantly influences this decision.

       

      AAV2, AAV5, AAV6, AAV8, and AAV9 account for a majority of the ongoing AAV gene therapy clinical trials.60,66 Commonly, AAV2 or AAV8 is the choice for ocular therapies; AAV2, AAV8, AAV5, and AAV9 are best for liver targeting; and AAV2 and AAV9 are preferred targeting muscle or the central nervous system. Some researchers are also using AAV serotypes isolated from rhesus monkeys, such as rh74.60,67 As discussed, AAV9 can cross the blood-brain barrier, allowing IV administration of this serotype to target brain tissue while avoiding invasive intrathecal injections.60,68 Therefore, AAV9 is a popular vector to treat many diseases affecting the nervous system.

       

      Developers derive the capsids of AAV vectors either from natural AAV viruses or by engineering capsids through rational design, directed evolution, or computer-guided strategies. The impetus to develop AAV vectors with capsids from less common AAV serotypes or novel engineered AAV capsids serves to improve or modify tissue targeting and circumvent immune recognition.69

       

      Considerations for vector design include61,62

      • Choosing the best AAV serotype to target the intended cell type or tissue, using the desired route of administration
      • Potential for tissue-specific promoters (e.g., targeting the muscle for muscular dystrophy or the liver for hemophilia) rather than constitutive promoters (that will drive gene expression in a wide range of tissues and perhaps result in off-target toxicity)
      • Whether an enhancer is needed to boost expression in the target tissue to achieve desired therapeutic effect
      • Modifying capsid epitopes to reduce recognition/response from the host immune system

       

      Vector Production and Purification

      Once developers choose the best capsid serotype and design the vector, they proceed to the manufacturing step. Gene therapies are complex biologics, and manufacturing and purification are of utmost importance for efficacy, safety, and product stability. Regulatory agencies require good manufacturing practice compliance.70

       

      Scientists commonly use mammalian cell lines to propagate engineered AAV vectors and then purify the vectors from cell lysates. Rigorous purification is essential. As the science of gene therapy matures, drug developers continuously improve purification methods. Contaminants from the engineered AAV cultivation process are a potential source of toxicity and can induce unwanted immune responses. Release testing of the final product in the U.S. must comply with a series of FDA-established requirements and predetermined specifications to determine product safety, purity, concentration, identity, potency, and stability.71 Characterization of the final product includes a determination of the viral genome (vg) titer, infectious titer (potency), product identity (AAV capsid and genome), and therapeutic gene identity (expression/activity).72

       

      Gene therapy developers follow these steps to manufacture AAV-based therapies73-75:

      1. Use conventional recombinant DNA technology in bacterial systems to produce the plasmids
      2. Use mammalian cell lines, such as human embryonic kidney 293 cells, or insect cell lines, such as the baculovirus/insect cell system, to produce the vectors
      3. Transfect (introduce genetic material into a cell) three plasmids into the cell line
        • a recombinant AAV plasmid containing the expression cassette (see Figure 1b)
        • an adenovirus-based helper plasmid supplying genes needed for virus replication
        • a plasmid containing the essential rep and cap genes needed for virus replication and capsid formation
      4. Collect produced vectors from the cells and purify them. Complex purification processes require multiple methods that may be specific for each individual contaminant. Rigorous purification minimizes patient risk (see Sidebar). Examples of purification process steps (and techniques used) include the following:
        • Cells lysis to release the viral particles (detergent, mechanical stress, hypertonic shock, freeze-thawing)
        • Removal of nucleic acids (nuclease treatment), cell fragments and proteins, cell culture contaminants (centrifugation, filtration, chromatography)
        • Separation of full vector particles from empty particles (cesium chloride gradient ultracentrifugation or chromatography)
      5. Formulate vectors after purification for administration to the patient. Formulation optimization prior to manufacture is not trivial. Some considerations are:73-75
        • Formulation chemical composition must be optimized for intended route of administration
        • Formulation must be sterile and have low endotoxin concentration
        • Formulation must minimize product degradation to avoid aggregation and loss of efficacy due to product instability

           

          SIDEBAR: Patient Safety: The Importance of Purification of AAV69,74

          • Non-vector sequences (including plasmid DNA, helper virus DNA, and DNA from the cell line used to produce the vector) can unintentionally be packaged into the capsids. AAV vector genomes can recombine with non-vector DNA, resulting in AAV vectors that contain chimeric (mixtures of DNA from different sources) sequences. The behavior of these unintended sequences is unpredictable in patients.
          • Capsids containing the complete intended therapeutic gene, partial sequences, unintended chimeric sequences, or no genetic sequence material at all (empty capsids) are all possible outcomes of vector manufacturing. Administering a mixture of different forms of the therapeutic to patients may result in a partial effective dose, thus lowering potency and necessitating administration of higher overall numbers of AAV particles to achieve efficacy. The higher the number of AAV particles, the higher the risk of toxicities and immune system activation.

           

          Toxicities/Adverse Events

          Although AAV gene therapy is generally considered safe, multiple treatment-emergent serious adverse events have occurred following gene therapy administration to patients. These include severe hepatoxicity and thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA). Other potential toxicities and identified risks include myocarditis, neurotoxicity (dorsal root ganglion [DRG] degeneration), oncogenicity, and immunotoxicity.69

           

          In general, AAV vectors administered IV first travel to the liver. Liver enzyme increases denoting liver damage commonly occur and corticosteroid treatment is often effective. On occasion, acute serious liver injury, liver failure, and death have occurred. Although the mechanism is not completely understood, more severe liver injury appears to correlate with higher vector doses. Severe liver injury following AAV vector administration for spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) and X-linked myotubular myopathy genetic diseases has occurred.69,76

           

          TMA is a pathological condition characterized by formation of thrombi (clots) in small blood vessels, following endothelial cell injury. TMA’s clinical presentation often includes complement activation, cytokine release, thrombocytopenia (decreased platelets), and kidney injury/failure. Several cases of TMA have been reported in patients or clinical trial participants following AAV gene therapy for SMA and Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD). Treatments for affected patients included hemodialysis, platelet transfusion, and the complement inhibitor eculizumab. As with severe liver injury, TMA development appears to be related to high vector doses.77,78

           

          Several patients in DMD clinical trials have developed myocarditis, which was fatal in one patient. A hypothesis is that pre-existing inflammation in DMD patients’ muscles, including heart muscle, worsened upon local expression of dystrophin. Steroid treatment successfully resolved myocarditis in some cases.79

           

          DRG degeneration/toxicity is an identified potential risk of AAV gene therapy. DRGs are collections of sensory neurons that relay impulses from the periphery to the central nervous system. Researchers have observed AAV vector-induced DRG toxicity mainly in non-clinical studies with pigs and non-human primates. Direct administration of AAV into cerebral spinal fluid and high vector doses were contributing factors. Pathology studies have detected DRG degeneration in autopsy samples from humans who received AAV gene therapy. Scientists do not completely understand DRG toxicity’s underlying mechanisms in animals or the significance of clinical translation to humans.80

           

          Oncogenicity due to insertional mutagenesis (introducing foreign DNA into a person’s genome) is a potential risk of gene therapy. Studies in mice that received AAV vectors revealed integration events and hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatocyte clonal expansion occurred in dogs following AAV vector administration although tumors were not found. AAV vector genome integration into chromosomes has been detected in humans, but so far AAV-associated oncogenesis has not been reported.58 Due to the potential risk, regulators expect long-term monitoring after vector administration.69,81

           

          Although immune responses to wild type AAV are low relative to other viruses, AAV can engage all arms of the immune system and can do so robustly especially when high vector doses are administered. The immune response to AAV gene therapy is complex, and poorly understood, and can contribute to loss of efficacy and adverse effects. Local (rather than systemic) dosing, use of tissue specific promoters, and increasing the vector’s potency (increasing promoter strength/achieving higher levels of expression per AAV particle) may effectively minimize toxicity.65,76,82,83

           

          Immune responses to AAV gene therapy include the following65,66,79,82:

          • Innate immune responses: may lead to cytokine induction and/or activation of the complement cascade (e.g., toll-like receptor recognition and signaling in response to capsid proteins and nucleic acids)
          • Humoral responses: antibody binding to AAV capsid may activate complement and immune cells and remove the vector from circulation before it can reach its target tissue. After gene therapy administration, the body generates new antibodies that can be specific for a capsid or transgene product.
          • Cellular immune responses: may lead to inflammation and elimination of the cells producing the disease-correcting protein (e.g., activation/expansion of capsid- or transgene-product-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes)

           

          APPROVED IN VIVO GENE THERAPIES

          As of December, 2023, the FDA approved eight in vivo gene therapies, five of which are AAV based.46

           

          Non-AAV-Based Therapies

          Three of the FDA-approved in vivo gene therapies are non-AAV based; they are adenovirus (Ad)-based or herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based. None are systemically administered, but instead are administered locally to the skin or bladder.

           

          Vyjuvek (beremagene geperpavec-svdt) is a live, replication deficient HSV type 1 (HSV-1) vector genetically modified to express human type VII collagen. Vyjuvek is indicated for wound treatment in patients with dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa with mutation(s) in the collagen type VII alpha 1 chain gene. Topical application to wounds induces production of the mature form of type VII collagen leading to wound healing.84

           

          Adstiladrin (nadofaragene firadenovec-vncg) is a non-replicating adenoviral serotype 5 vector genetically modified to produce human interferon α-2b (IFNα-2b). Adstiladrin is indicated for patients with high-risk Bacillus Calmette-Guérin-unresponsive non-muscle invasive bladder cancer with carcinoma in situ with or without papillary tumors. Intravesical (within the bladder) instillation results in local expression of IFNα-2b protein that is anticipated to have anti-tumor effects.85

           

          Imlygic (talimogene laherparepvec) is a live, attenuated HSV vector genetically modified to replicate within tumors and to produce the immune stimulatory protein granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF). Imylgic is indicated for local treatment, by intralesional injection of unresectable cutaneous, subcutaneous, and nodal lesions in patients with melanoma recurrent after initial surgery. Imylgic causes tumor lysis followed by release of tumor-derived antigens, which together with virally derived GM-CSF may promote an antitumor immune response. However, the exact mechanism of action is unknown.86

           

          AAV-Based Therapies

          Luxturna (voretigene neparvovec-rzyl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV2 expressing the human retinoid isomerohydrolase (RPE65) gene approved in 2017. It’s used to treat patients with confirmed biallelic RPE65 mutation-associated retinal dystrophy, a condition causing progressive retinal degeneration and dysfunction, which can lead to vision loss and blindness over time. Retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells produce RPE65. Mutations in this gene result in vision impairment, so Luxturna aims to correct these mutations. A clinician administers 1.5 x 1011 vg of Luxturna subretinally (directly into the space beneath the retina) to each eye on separate days, at least six days apart. Patients typically take systemic oral corticosteroids starting three days before its administration and continuing with a tapering dose for 10 days. Preparation of Luxturna for administration is complex and includes thawing, dilution, and preparation of syringes for injection. Warnings and precautions include endophthalmitis (infection/inflammation of the inner structures of the eye), permanent decline in visual acuity, retinal abnormalities, increased ocular pressure, intraocular air bubble expansion, and cataracts. Immune responses to Luxturna were mild in clinical trials, perhaps due to corticosteroid administration.23

           

          Zolgensma (onasemnogene abeparvovec-xioi) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV9 expressing the human survival motor neuron (SMN) protein. The FDA approved it in 2019 for treatment of patients younger than 2 years of age with spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) with bi-allelic mutations in the SMN1 gene. SMN protein is key for muscle development and movement and Zolgensma aims to correct these mutations to treat the disease. After Zolgensma is thawed, a clinician administers 1.1 × 1014 vg/kg of Zolgensma intravenously by slow infusion. Patients typically take systemic corticosteroids starting one day before Zolgensma administration and continuing for a total of 30 days. Serious adverse effects described in the Boxed Warning include acute liver injury and failure with fatal outcomes. Other warnings and precautions include systemic immune response, thrombocytopenia, TMA, and elevated troponin (a protein involved in muscle contraction).87

           

          Hemgenix (etranacogene dezaparvovec-drlb) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing human coagulation Factor IX (Padua variant), under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2022, it is employed to treat male patients with hemophilia B (congenital Factor IX deficiency). The Padua variant has an 8-fold higher specific activity relative to wild type Factor IX, and Hemgenix would ideally correct the disease by providing circulating Factor IX activity. Clinicians administer 2.0 × 1013 gc/kg of Hemgenix by slow intravenous infusion. Hemgenix is a refrigerated suspension that requires dilution into normal saline. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if the liver enzyme aspartate aminotransferase (AST) increases to twice the patient’s baseline value. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and hepatocellular carcinogenicity (theoretical risk if vector DNA integrates into the host cell genome).88

           

          Elevidys (delandistrogene moxeparvovec-rokl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAVrh74 (originally isolated from rhesus monkeys) expressing human micro-dystrophin. The FDA approved it in 2023 for treatment of ambulatory 4- to 5-year-old patients with DMD with a confirmed mutation in the dystrophin gene. The vector’s promoter/enhancer drives transgene expression predominantly in skeletal and cardiac muscle. The dystrophin protein’s micro version consists of selected domains of dystrophin that confer function to muscle cells. After Elevidys is thawed, clinicians administer 1.33 × 1014 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends prophylactic corticosteroids following a complex administration and tapering schedule, which is further complicated in patients with DMD already on a corticosteroid regimen. Warnings and precautions include acute serious liver injury, immune-mediated myositis, and myocarditis.89

           

          Roctavian (valoctocogene roxaparvovec-rvox) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing the B-domain-deleted form of human coagulation Factor VIII (the smallest active form of Factor VIII) under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2023 for treatment of male patients with severe hemophilia A, clinicians administer Roctavian after thawing at 6.0 × 1013 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if liver enzymes increase to 1.5 times the patient’s baseline or to above the upper limit of normal. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and thromboembolic events.90

           

          PAUSE AND PONDER: The prescribing information for Hemgenix and Roctavian do not recommend these gene therapies for women. Why?

           

          A LOOK TO THE FUTURE

          As discussed above, the FDA has approved five AAV-based gene therapies, Figure 3 illustrates disease indications being studied in AAV-based clinical trials including 90 ongoing, interventional studies.41

           

          Figure 3. AAV-based gene therapy clinical trials for different disease indications as a percentage of all AAV-based clinical trials for therapies not yet approved for marketing41

          The percentages of each disease indication were calculated based on the total of current AAV-based interventional clinical trials. Clinical trials were identified using the search terms gene therapy and adeno-associated (for condition/disease) and interventional (study type). Trials designated as recruiting, active – not yet recruiting, enrolling by invitation, and completed were included in the analysis (n = 73). Trials designated as terminated, suspended, or unknown status were not included. Data are current as of April 12, 2024.

           

          Ophthalmology and neurology represent the highest percentage of forthcoming therapies. Within the ophthalmology category, multiple trials are underway for achromatopsia (color blindness), amaurosis (complete vision loss without visible eye damage; typically, an optic nerve disease), and retinitis pigmentosa (progressive vision loss due to retina deterioration), among others. The neurological disease category includes trials for Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and others. Hematological and musculoskeletal clinical trials are highly focused on hemophilia and muscular dystrophies, respectively. The metabolic disease category is diverse containing a few trials each for numerous genetic diseases.41

           

          Controlling the immune response to AAV vectors is one of the biggest hurdles for future therapeutics. The human immune system is complex and very efficient. Often, it has a back-up plan in case an organism escapes the first round of attack and usually a back-up plan for the back-up plan. It becomes impossible for an AAV vector (a virus in sheep’s clothing) to go unnoticed, especially when the doses are greater than 1 trillion vg/kg of body weight. Thus, a patient’s immune system will go into action starting shortly after receiving gene therapy and mount a multi-pronged attack.

           

          New and improved strategies to control immune responses will greatly benefit patients. Researchers are diligently pursuing strategies (Table 2) that target the vector itself or immune system components.91-93 Success will probably use a combinations of strategies.

           

          Table 2. Strategies to Control or Circumvent Immune Responses91-94

          Strategy Rationale Potential Advantages Potential Disadvantages
          AAV capsid engineering

           

          Remove or alter NAb-binding epitopes ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing NAb

          ·  Allow redosing

          ·  Complex, expensive, lengthy process

          ·  May alter tropism to target tissue

          ·  May require patient screening to determine what epitopes to modify

          Direct administration to appropriate tissue Minimizing systemic exposure may minimize immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Not possible for all indications
          Plasmapheresis

           

          Reduce amount of all immunoglobulins in a patient ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

          ·  Allow redosing

          ·  Invasive procedure

          ·  Not specific for capsid antibodies

          ·  May increase infection risk due to reduced circulating antibody

          Capsid decoys

           

          Pretreat patient with empty capsid to ‘absorb’ capsid-specific antibodies ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

          ·  Allow redosing

          ·  Depending on clearance time for empty capsid-NAb complexes, may increase the total capsid burden and enhance immune response
          IdeS Degrades all IgG ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

          ·  Allow redosing

          ·  Good safety profile in transplant patients

          ·  Patient may have pre-existing antibodies to IdeS that could induce an immune response

          ·  Patient may develop antibodies to IdeS, so may not be able to be used more than once

          ·  Not specific for anti-AAV IgG

          ·  Increased infection risk due to reduced circulating IgG

          Immunosuppression Overall or cell type-specific suppression of the immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Can have adverse effects, especially if used long term

          ·  Increased infection risk

          AAV, adeno-associated virus; IdeS, immunoglobulin G-degrading enzymes of Streptococcus pyogenes; IgG, immunoglobulin type G; NAb, neutralizing antibody.

           

          Perfection of technologies to remove pre-existing NAbs would allow many more patients to be eligible for gene therapies. Curbing antibody production in the days following the gene therapy may boost efficacy, reduce toxicity, and allow patients to remain eligible for more than one round of AAV gene therapy if needed. Methods to control T cell-mediated responses would prevent destruction of the cells producing the transgene product, increasing the persistence of the curative gene expression.

           

          Early clinical studies took a reactive approach to immune responses to AAV; they used medications such as corticosteroids following observation of increases in liver enzymes or signs of inflammation. More recently, efforts to identify drugs and combinations of drugs that will suppress the immune response prophylactically have accelerated91,93:

          • Corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone): general anti-inflammatory
          • Tacrolimus: inhibits T cell proliferation and differentiation
          • Rituximab: depletes B cells to block antibody production
          • Rapamycin (sirolimus): disrupts cytokine signaling resulting in inhibition of B cell and T cell activation
          • Mycophenolate mofetil: inhibits B cell and T cell proliferation
          • Eculizumab: complement inhibitor
          • Hydroxychloroquine: inhibits toll-like receptor-9-mediated responses to viral DNA an antigen presentation

           

          Researchers must investigate other key variables: the timing of immunosuppression initiation and the requisite treatment duration.

           

          Many clinical trials have employed corticosteroids, but corticosteroids alone are insufficient to control immune responses. Regulators have approved the immunosuppressants listed above for indications other than gene therapy, and their safety profiles are known, making them logical choices to investigate for gene therapy indications. Future work must maximize safety and efficacy of AAV gene therapy while balancing adverse effects of the immunosuppressive regimens.93

           

          SUMMARY

          Gene therapy is a relatively new, complex, and evolving field in medicine that offers hope to patients with previously incurable genetic diseases. The information presented here is intended to introduce a topic that pharmacists and pharmacy technicians may not have been previously exposed to, and perhaps inspire them to read more.

           

           

          Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

          GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
          Pharmacist Posttest

          Learning Objectives
          After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
          • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
          • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
          • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
          • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

          1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
          A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
          B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
          C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

          2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
          A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
          B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
          C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

          3. Which of the following are components of an AAV vector?
          A. Expression cassette, capsid, GOI
          B. Promoter, cell wall, GOI
          C. Expression cassette, liposome, GOI

          4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
          A. Zolgensma
          B. Hemgenix
          C. Adstiladrin

          5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
          A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
          B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
          C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

          6. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
          A. AAV confers a lower risk of inducing gene therapy-related cancers than lentiviral vectors.
          B. AAV serotype does not influence what tissue will express the transgene product
          C. Route of administration of a gene therapy is unlikely to contribute to its toxicity profile

          7. Which situation would warrant administration of the complement inhibitor, eculizumab, in a patient that had received AAV gene therapy?
          A. A patient complains of nausea the day after receiving gene therapy
          B. A patient received gene therapy 5 days afo and has not urinated for 24 hours
          C. A patient’s liver enzymes are elevated 6 months after receiving gene therapy

          8. Which of the following statements is TRUE about viral vector production purification?
          A. Proteins from the cell line used to propagate the vector may promote an inflammatory immune response
          B. The main reason to remove empty capsids from the drug product is to reduce cost to the patient
          C. Capsids containing partial or chimeric DNA sequences may provide a boost in efficacy of the therapy

          9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
          A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
          B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
          C. Breyanzi

          10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for ex vivo gene therapy and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
          A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
          B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. Once he receives the new cells, he will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
          C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. Those cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, in a process that may take 4-6 months. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. For several months after receiving the new cells, he may need to stay at the treatment center for recovery and monitoring. At first, he likely will be prone to infections. He will have an increased risk for cancer, requiring monitoring for at least 15 years.

          Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

          GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
          Pharmacy Technician Posttest

          Learning Objectives
          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
          • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
          • Distinguish types of gene therapies
          • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
          • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

          1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
          A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
          B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
          C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

          2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
          A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
          B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
          C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

          3. A single mom has been informed that her 6-year-old son with DMD is a good candidate for Elevidys gene therapy and asks you about the pros and cons of this treatment. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
          A. The treatment may not completely cure her son’s disease; adverse effects are well understood; is very expensive
          B. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is very expensive
          C. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is not expensive

          4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
          A. Zolgensma
          B. Hemgenix
          C. Adstiladrin

          5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
          A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
          B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
          C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

          6. Which of the following statements about patient challenges with different types of gene therapies is TRUE?
          A. Patients receiving AAV gene therapy rarely have immune responses.
          B. Patients receiving CAR T cell therapy for B cell lymphoma are less likely to experience Cytokine Release Syndrome than patients receiving an AAV gene therapy for a monogenic disease.
          C. Patients receiving HSC therapy undergo long term safety monitoring due to increased risk of developing treatment-related cancers.

          7. A patient with Hemophilia A is awaiting his AAV5 neutralizing antibody test results to determine whether he will be able to be treated with Roctavian. He asks you to explain about the potential outcomes and implications of the antibody test. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
          A. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.
          B. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will be able to receive Roctavian as many times as needed until he is cured.
          C. If his test is positive (he does have the AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.

          8. A patient receives prophylactic oral corticosteroids starting 3 days before gene therapy begins. She then receives 2 sub-retinal injections of AAV vector 7 days apart and continues with tapering doses of the oral corticosteroids for 10 days. Which U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy product did she receive?
          A. Luxturna
          B. Zolgensma
          C. Imlygic

          9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
          A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
          B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
          C. Breyanzi

          10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for Zynteglo (ex vivo HSC gene therapy) and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
          A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
          B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center, and will receive his cells back. He will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
          C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. His cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, which may take 4-6 months. He will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. He may need to stay at the treatment center for several months for recovery and monitoring. He will likely be prone to infections and be monitored for at least 15 years because of an increased risk for cancer.

          References

          Full List of References

          References

              1. Issa SS, Shaimardanova AA, Solovyeva VV, Rizvanov AA. Various AAV serotypes and their applications in gene therapy: an overview. Cells. 2023;12(5):785. doi:10.3390/cells12050785

               

              1. Naso MF, Tomkowicz B, Perry WL, Strohl WR. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) as a vector for gene therapy. BioDrugs. 2017;31(4):317-334. doi:10.1007/s40259-017-0234-5

               

              1. Shahryari A, Burtscher I, Nazari Z, Lickert H. Engineering gene therapy: advances and barriers. Adv Ther. 2021;4(9):2100040. doi:10.1002/adtp.202100040

               

              1. Dunbar CE, High KA, Joung JK, Kohn DB, Ozawa K, Sadelain M. Gene therapy comes of age. Science. 2018 Jan 12;359(6372). doi:10.1126/science.aan4672

               

              1. Chapa González C, Martínez Saráoz JV, Roacho Pérez JA, Olivas Armendáriz I. Lipid nanoparticles for gene therapy in ocular diseases. Daru. 2023;31(1):75-82. doi:10.1007/s40199-023-00455-1

               

              1. The free dictionary by Farlex. 2003-2023. Accessed December 29, 2023. https://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/

               

              1. 7. Bulcha JT, Wang Y, Ma H, Tai PWL, Gao G. Viral vector platforms within the gene therapy landscape. Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2021;6(1):53. doi:10.1038/s41392-021-00487-6

               

              1. GT Reference – Decoding the science of gene therapy glossary. 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024. https://www.gtreference.com/resources/glossary/

               

              1. American Medical Association. Gene therapy naming scheme. Accessed October 3, 2023. https://www.ama-assn.org/about/united-states-adopted-names/gene-therapy-naming-scheme

               

              1. Peters GL, Hennessey EK. Naming of biological products. US Pharm. 2020;45(6)33-36 June 18, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/naming-of-biological-products

               

              1. Wehrwein P. FDA approves Roctavian, the first gene therapy for hemophilia A. Managed Healthcare Executive. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.managedhealthcareexecutive.com/view/fda-approves-roctavian-the-first-gene-therapy-for-hemophilia-a

               

              1. Stein, R. Muscular dystrophy patients get first gene therapy. NPR. June 22, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2023/06/22/1183576268/muscular-dystrophy-patients-get-first-gene-therapy

               

              1. Pagliarulo N. FDA approves first gene therapy for hemophilia B. BioPharma Dive. Updated November 23, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/hemophilia-gene-therapy-fda-approval-hemgenix-csl-uniqure/636999/

               

              1. genehome bluebird bio. History and evolution of gene therapy. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.thegenehome.com/what-is-gene-therapy/history

               

              1. Blaese RM, Culver KW, Miller AD, et al. T lymphocyte-directed gene therapy for ADA- SCID: initial trial results after 4 years. Science. 1995;270(5235):475-480. doi:10.1126/science.270.5235.475

               

              1. Sibbald B. Death but one unintended consequence of gene-therapy trial. CMAJ. 2001;164(11):1612. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11402803/

               

              1. Hacein-Bey-Abina S, Garrigue A, Wang GP, et al. Insertional oncogenesis in 4 patients after retrovirus-mediated gene therapy of SCID-X1. J Clin Invest. 2008;118(9):3132-3142. doi:10.1172/jci35700

               

              1. Cavazzana-Calvo M, Fischer A. Gene therapy for severe combined immunodeficiency: are we there yet? J Clin Invest. 2007;117(6):1456-1465. doi:10.1172/jci30953

               

              1. Pearson S, Jia H, Kandachi K. China approves first gene therapy. Nat Biotechnol. 2004;22(1):3-4. doi:10.1038/nbt0104-3

               

              1. Daley J. Gene therapy arrives. Nature. 2019;576(7785):S12-S13. doi:10.1038/d41586-019-03716-9

               

              1. Vaidya R. Realising the potential of AAV gene therapies. European Pharmaceutical Review. April 27, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.europeanpharmaceuticalreview.com/article/181742/realising-the-potential-of-aav-gene-therapies

               

              1. Aiuti A, Roncarolo MG, Naldini L. Gene therapy for ADA‐SCID, the first marketing approval of an ex vivo gene therapy in Europe: paving the road for the next generation of advanced therapy medicinal products. EMBO Mol Med. 2017;9(6):737-740. doi:10.15252/emmm.201707573

               

              1. Luxturna. Package Insert. Spark Therapeutics, Inc.; 2022.

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves CAR-T cell therapy to treat adults with certain types of large B-cell lymphoma. Updated March 21, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-car-t-cell-therapy-treat-adults-certain-types-large-b-cell-lymphoma
              2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves brexucabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory B-cell precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. October 1, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-brexucabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-b-cell-precursor-acute-lymphoblastic

               

              1. Cross R. CRISPR is coming to the clinic this year. Chemical & Engineering News. January 8, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://cen.acs.org/articles/96/i2/CRISPR-coming-clinic-year.html

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves innovative gene therapy to treat pediatric patients with spinal muscular atrophy, a rare disease and leading genetic cause of infant mortality. May 24, 2019. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-innovative-gene-therapy-treat-pediatric-patients-spinal-muscular-atrophy-rare-disease

               

              1. bluebird bio, Inc. bluebird bio announces EU Conditional Marketing Authorization for ZYNTEGLO Gene Therapy. June 3, 2019. Accessed April 17, 2024. https://investor.bluebirdbio.com/news-releases/news-release-details/bluebird-bio-announces-eu-conditional-marketing-authorization

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves new treatment for adults with relapsed or refractory large-B-cell lymphoma. February 5, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-treatment-adults-relapsed-or-refractory-large-b-cell-lymphoma

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves idecabtagene vicleucel for multiple myeloma. March 29, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-idecabtagene-vicleucel-multiple-myeloma

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves ciltacabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. March 7, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-ciltacabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-multiple-myeloma

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Roundup: September 20, 2022. September 20, 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024.

              https://public4.pagefreezer.com/browse/FDA/01-10-2022T16:45/https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-roundup-september-20-2022

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first cell-based gene therapy to treat adult and pediatric patients with beta-thalassemia who require regular blood transfusions. August 17, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-cell-based-gene-therapy-treat-adult-and-pediatric-patients-beta-thalassemia-who

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for adults with severe hemophilia A. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-adults-severe-hemophilia

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves First gene therapy to treat adults with hemophilia B. November 22, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treat-adults-hemophilia-b

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for treatment of certain patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. June 23, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treatment-certain-patients-duchenne-muscular-dystrophy

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapies to treat patients with sickle cell disease; December 8, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapies-treat-patients-sickle-cell-disease

               

              1. Dunleavy K. Vertex, CRISPR's gene-editing therapy Casgevy wins early FDA nod to treat beta thalassemia. January 16, 2024. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fiercepharma.com/pharma/vertex-crispr-win-early-fda-nod-gene-therapy-casgevy-treat-beta-thalassemia

               

              1. Lundstrom K. Viral Vectors in gene therapy: where do we stand in 2023? Viruses. 2023;15(3):698. doi:10.3390/v15030698

               

              1. Wang K, Kievit FM, Zhang M. Nanoparticles for cancer gene therapy: Recent advances, challenges, and strategies. Pharmacol Res. 2016;114:56-66. doi:10.1016/j.phrs.2016.10.016

               

              1. National Institutes of Health National Library of Medicine National Center for Biotechnology Information. ClinicalTrials.gov. Accessed April 12, 2024. https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/

               

              1. REQORSA Immunogene Therapy. Genprex. Accessed September 20, 2023. https://www.genprex.com/technology/reqorsa/

               

              1. Gillmore JD, Gane E, Taubel J, et al. CRISPR-Cas9 in vivo gene editing for transthyretin amyloidosis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385(6). doi:10.1056/nejmoa2107454

               

              1. Gaj T, Sirk SJ, Shui S, Liu J. Genome-editing technologies: principles and applications. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Biol. 2016;8(12):a023754. doi:10.1101/cshperspect.a023754
              2. Godbout K, Tremblay JP. Prime editing for human gene therapy: where are we now? Cells. 2023;12(4):536. doi:10.3390/cells12040536

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Approved cellular and gene therapy products. Updated: December 8, 2023. Accessed February 15, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/vaccines-blood-biologics/cellular-gene-therapy-products/approved-cellular-and-gene-therapy-products

               

              ‌47. Yescarta. Package Insert.  Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2022.

               

              1. Kymriah. Package Insert. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2022.

               

              1. Tecartus. Package Insert. Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Breyanzi. Package Insert. Juno Therapeutics Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Abecma. Package Insert. Celgene Corporation; 2024.

               

              1. Carvykti. Package Insert. Janssen Biotech, Inc., 2023.

               

              1. Skysona. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

               

              1. Zynteglo. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

               

              1. Casgevy. Package Insert. Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.; 2024.

               

              1. Lyfgenia. Package Insert. Bluebird bio, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Castaneda-Puglianini O, Chavez JC. Assessing and management of neurotoxicity after CAR-T therapy in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. J Blood Med. 2021;12:775-783. doi:10.2147/jbm.s281247

               

              1. Martins KM, Breton C, Zheng Q, Zhang Z, Latshaw C, Greig JA, Wilson JM. Prevalent and disseminated recombinant and wild-type adeno-associated virus integration in macaques and humans. Hum Gene Ther. 2023;34(21-22):1081-1094. doi:10.1089/hum.2023.134

               

              1. Wörner TP, Bennett A, Habka S, et al. Adeno-associated virus capsid assembly is divergent and stochastic. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):1642. doi:10.1038/s41467-021-21935-5

               

              1. Mietzsch M, Jose A, Chipman P, et al. Completion of the AAV structural atlas: serotype capsid structures reveals clade-specific features. Viruses. 2021;13(1):101. doi:10.3390/v13010101

               

              1. Daya S, Berns KI. Gene therapy using adeno-associated virus vectors. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2008;21(4):583-593. doi:10.1128/cmr.00008-08

               

              1. Tseng YS, Agbandje-McKenna M. Mapping the AAV capsid host antibody response toward the development of second generation gene delivery vectors. Front Immunol. 2014;5. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2014.00009

               

              1. Elmore ZC, Oh DK, Simon KE, Fanous MM, Asokan A. Rescuing AAV gene transfer from neutralizing antibodies with an IgG-degrading enzyme. JCI Insight. 2020;5(19). doi:10.1172/jci.insight.139881

               

              1. Schulz M, Levy D, Petropoulos CJ, et al. Binding and neutralizing anti-AAV antibodies: Detection and implications for rAAV-mediated gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2023;31(3):616-630. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2023.01.010

               

              1. Shirley JL, de Jong YP, Terhorst C, Herzog RW. Immune responses to viral gene therapy vectors. Mol Ther. 2020;28(3):709-722. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.01.001

               

              1. Li X, Wei X, Lin J, Ou L. A versatile toolkit for overcoming AAV immunity. FrontImmunol. 2022;13:991832. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.991832

               

              1. Gao G, Alvira MR, Somanathan S, et al. Adeno-associated viruses undergo substantial evolution in primates during natural infections. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2003;100(10):6081-6086. doi:10.1073/pnas.0937739100

               

              1. Samulski RJ, Muzyczka N. AAV-mediated gene therapy for research and therapeutic purposes. Annu Rev Virol. 2014;1(1):427-451. doi:10.1146/annurev-virology-031413-085355

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. BRIEFING DOCUMENT Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Cellular, Tissue, and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee (CTGTAC) Meeting #70 Toxicity risks of adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors for gene therapy. Sept 2-3, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/media/151599/download

               

              1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Chemistry, manufacturing, and control (CMC) information for human gene therapy investigational new drug applications (INDs). January 2020. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/chemistry-manufacturing-and-control-cmc-information-human-gene-therapy-investigational-new-drug

               

              1. Davidsson M, Negrini M, Hauser S, et al. A comparison of AAV-vector production methods for gene therapy and preclinical assessment. SciRep. 2020;10:21532. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-78521-w

               

              1. Clément N, Grieger JC. Manufacturing of recombinant adeno-associated viral vectors for clinical trials. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2016;3:16002. doi:10.1038/mtm.2016.2

               

              1. Srivastava A, Mallelab KMG, Deorkara N, Brophy G. Manufacturing challenges and rational formulation development for AAV viral vectors. JPharm Sci. Published online April 2, 2021. doi:10.1016/j.xphs.2021.03.024

               

              1. Penaud-Budloo M, François A, Clément N, Ayuso E. Pharmacology of recombinant adeno-associated virus production. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2018;8:166-180. doi:10.1016/j.omtm.2018.01.002

               

              1. Van der Loo JCM, Wright JF. Progress and challenges in viral vector manufacturing. Hum Mol Genet. 2015;25(R1):R42-R52. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddv451

               

              1. Kishimoto TK, Samulski RJ. Addressing high dose AAV toxicity – “one and done” or “slower and lower”?. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2022;22(9):1067-1071. doi:10.1080/14712598.2022.2060737

               

              1. Chand D, Mohr F, McMillan H, et al. Hepatotoxicity following administration of onasemnogene abeparvovec (AVXS-101) for the treatment of spinal muscular atrophy. JHepatol. 2021;74(3):560-566. doi:10.1016/j.jhep.2020.11.001

               

              1. Mendell JR, Al-Zaidy SA, Rodino-Klapac LR, et al. Current clinical applications of in vivo gene therapy with AAVs. Mol Ther. 2021;29(2):464-488. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.12.007

               

              1. Ertl HCJ. Immunogenicity and toxicity of AAV gene therapy. Front Immunol. 2022;13:975803. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.975803

               

              1. Hordeaux J, Buza EL, Dyer C, et al. Adeno-associated virus-induced dorsal root ganglion pathology. Hum Gene Ther. 2020;31(15-16):808-818. doi:10.1089/hum.2020.167

               

              1. Sabatino DE, Bushman FD, Chandler RJ, et al. Evaluating the state of the science for adeno-associated virus integration: an integrated perspective. Mol Ther. 2022;30(8):2646-2663. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2022.06.004

               

              1. Ronzitti G, Gross DA, Mingozzi F. Human immune responses to adeno-associated Virus (AAV) vectors. Front Immunol. 2020;11. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2020.00670

               

              1. Paulk N. Gene Therapy: It’s time to talk about high-dose AAV. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News. July 7, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.genengnews.com/insights/gene-therapy-its-time-to-talk-about-high-dose-aav/

               

              1. Vyjuvek. Package Insert. Krystal Biotech, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Adstiladrin. Package Insert. Ferring Pharmaceuticals; 2022.

               

              1. Imlygic. Package Insert. BioVex, Inc., a subsidiary of Amgen, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Zolgensma. Package Insert. Novartis Gene Therapies, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Hemgenix. Package Insert. UniQure, Inc.; 2022.

               

              1. Elevidys. Package Insert. Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Roctavian. Package Insert. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc.; 2023.

               

              1. Prasad S, Dimmock DP, Greenberg B, et al. Immune responses and immunosuppressive strategies for adeno-associated virus-based gene therapy for treatment of central nervous system disorders: current knowledge and approaches. Hum Gene Ther. 2022;33(23-24):1228-1245. doi:10.1089/hum.2022.138

               

              1. Monahan PE, Négrier C, Tarantino M, Valentino LA, Mingozzi F. Emerging immunogenicity and genotoxicity considerations of adeno-associated virus vector gene therapy for hemophilia. J Clin Med. 2021;10(11):2471. doi:10.3390/jcm10112471

               

              1. Arruda VR, Favaro P, Finn JD. Strategies to modulate immune responses: a new frontier for gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2009;17(9):1492-1503. doi:10.1038/mt.2009.150

               

              1. Jordan SC, Lorant T, Choi J, et al. IgG endopeptidase in highly sensitized patients undergoing transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(5):442-453. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1612567

               

               

               

               

              Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report-RECORDED WEBINAR

              Learning Objectives

              The activity will cover the following learning objectives for Pharmacists:
              • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
              • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
              • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
              • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
              • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

              Activity Release Dates

              Released:  May 30, 2024
              Expires:  May 30, 2027

              Course Fee

              $17 Pharmacist

              ACPE UAN Code

               0009-9999-24-023-H01-P

              Session Code

              24EH23-XFT24

              Accreditation Hours

              1.0 hours of CE

              Accreditation Statement

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

              Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-023-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Faculty

              Maria Miceli, PharmD
              PGY-1 Resident
              Emerson Hospital,
              Concord, MA

              Meagan Coughlin, PharmD, BCGP
              Transitions of Care Pharmacy Specialist
              Emerson Hospital
              Concord, MA

              Faculty Disclosure

              • Drs. Micelli and Coughlin do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

               

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Content

              Post Test Pharmacist

              << Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report – Recorded Webinar>>

              Pharmacist Post-test

              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

              • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
              • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
              • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
              • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
              • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

              1. Hyperinflation of the lungs is a newly recognized contributory factor of COPD. Which of the following is true regarding hyperinflation?
              a. Hyperinflation results in a decrease in lung gas volume compared to normal values at the end of spontaneous expiration
              b. Hyperinflation is primarily due to increased elastic recoil of the lungs
              c. Hyperinflation can occur at rest or during exercise activities

              2. Which of the following is a screening tool that can be used to assess COPD symptom severity?
              a. Modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) dyspnea scale
              b. World Health Organization Lung Function Classification scale
              c. Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease Airflow Limitation Test

              3. You are counseling patient ES on the proper use of an albuterol DPI. ES states that she has noticed no improvement in symptoms since starting her medication. She is concerned that she may not be able to inhale with enough force to administer the medication effectively. Which of the following recommendations can be made to improve medication delivery?
              a. Stop the albuterol DPI and switch to albuterol tablets as tablets are more effective than inhalers.
              b. Consider switching from an albuterol DPI to an albuterol MDI and provide a spacer.
              c. Stop the albuterol and upgrade to a LABA DPI to increase the efficacy of her medication.

              4. Patient DK is currently hospitalized for his second moderate exacerbation of COPD this year. DK’s current blood eosinophil count is 240 cells/mcL. Which of the following treatment regimens is appropriate?
              a. LABA + LAMA
              b. Bronchodilator, only
              c. LABA + LAMA + ICS

              5. According to the CDC, which of the following vaccines is/are recommended in individuals with COPD?
              a. PCV20 followed by PCV23
              b. Hepatitis A + B vaccine
              c. Influenza vaccine

              6. Non-pharmacologic strategies for COPD include which of the following?
              a. Smoking cessation
              b. Limiting physical activity
              c. Dietary salt restriction

              7. According to the recent GOLD Report, updates in COPD screening include which of the following?
              a. GOLD recommends leveraging imaging from lung cancer screening and incidental lung findings for COPD screening.
              b. GOLD recommends low dose chest computed tomography for all individuals 50 to 80 years of age.
              c. GOLD does not recommend pre-bronchodilator spirometry to investigate obstruction in symptomatic patients.

              State of Connecticut Naloxone Training Program-RECORDED WEBINAR

              About this Course

              ****IMPORTANT UPDATE****

              Update August 2024: Naloxone Availability

              Note that, despite their mention in this activity, intramuscular (IM) naloxone autoinjectors are no longer commercially available in the United States (U.S.). Prefilled syringes, however, remain available for IM administration of naloxone.

              Additionally, since the original release of this continuing education activity, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved naloxone for nonprescription marketing. It’s important to know that the prescription to over the counter (OTC) switch does not automatically apply to all forms of naloxone. Each manufacturer of existing naloxone products must individually apply for redesignation to OTC status. Visit Drugs@FDA: FDA-Approved Drugs to check the up-to-date status of any naloxone product before dispensing.

              The FDA deemed naloxone nasal spray safe enough for OTC use, but that doesn’t preclude the need to counsel individuals on its safe and appropriate use. Pharmacists should counsel all patients buying OTC naloxone nasal spray about signs of an opioid overdose, how to administer naloxone, and other important clinical pearls.

              We encourage all individuals completing this certificate to review our activity An Over-The-Counter Lifesaver: Increased Intranasal Naloxone Accessibility for more information on this topic.

               

              Learning Objectives

              Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

              •        Identify the risk factors for and clinical presentation of a person with an opioid overdose
              •        Discuss naloxone use as an opioid antagonist
              •        Describe naloxone prescribing and dispensing instructions for intranasal and intramuscular dosage forms
              •        Discuss how to administer intranasal and intramuscular naloxone
              •         Review current CT state laws regarding naloxone access
              •        Discuss proper counseling points and technique
              •        Discuss the referral of patients and caregivers to support programs, 211, and physicians specializing in addiction services

              Release and Expiration Dates

              Released:  August 29, 2024
              Expires:  August 29, 2027

              Course Fee

              $50 Pharmacist

              ACPE UAN

              0009-9999-24-040-H03-P

              Session Code

              21NP17-TXX24

              Accreditation Hours

              2.0 hours of CE

              Additional Information

               

              How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.

              Accreditation Statement

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

              Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 2.0 CE Hours (or 0.2 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-040-H03-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Faculty

              Gillian M. Kuszewski, Pharm.D.
              UConn Health Center
              Farmington, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              • Gillian M. Kuszewski has no relationships with ineligible companies

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Content

              Post Test

              Pharmacist Post-test

              1) Opioid overdose only occurs in low socio-economic groups? T/F

              2) Which of the following is not a risk factor for Opioid Overdose?
              a. History of opioid addiction (especially after abstinence)
              b. Daily opioid doses less than 100mg of morphine equivalents
              c. Comorbid mental illness
              d. Concurrent use of benzodiazepines or alcohol

              3) Which of the following is not a clinical presentation with an opioid overdose?
              a. Slow breathing or respiratory arrest
              b. Blue fingernails and lips
              c. Dilated pupils
              d. Vomiting or making gurgling noises

              4) Naloxone is expensive and hard to administer? T/F

              5) Naloxone should be used when
              a. Breathing status is normal or fast
              b. Breathing status is slow
              c. Not breathing or gasping
              d. B and C

              6) Naloxone is an opioid receptor antagonist at the mu, kappa and sigma receptors? T/F

              7) Which of the following is TRUE when using intranasal naloxone?
              a. Person needs to be breathing to use
              b. Does not need to be assembled
              c. Need to tilt person’s head backwards to prevent the medication from running out of the nose
              d. The recipient will experience pain when it is given

              8) Which of the following is FALSE when using intramuscular naloxone?
              a. Can be administered into thigh or another large muscle
              b. Can administer a second dose after 2-5 minutes
              c. Wait 2 to 5 minutes before administering a second dose
              d. Inject half the contents of the syringe, then wait 2 minutes and repeat

              9) After receiving Naloxone, the patient never requires medical attention? T/F

              10) Naloxone has duration of action of 20-90 minutes; therefore, the person can go back into overdose if long acting opioids were ingested? T/F

              11) A pharmacist who is licensed and registered in the State of Connecticut, and who has been trained and certified regarding the proper prescribing of naloxone, may prescribe an opioid antagonist to which of the following people:
              a. The drug addicted patient.
              b. The drug addict’s mother or father.
              c. A friend of the drug addicted person.
              d. Any person who is concerned about the drug addicted person.
              e. All of the above answers are correct.

              12) When prescribing an opioid antagonist, the pharmacist:
              a. May delegate a pharmacy technician to provide training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed as long as the pharmacy technician is under the direct supervision of the pharmacist and has been properly trained by the pharmacist.
              b. Must show a video depicting the proper administration of the medication to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed and obtain a signature of the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed to.
              c. Must personally provide appropriate training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the medication is dispensed and maintain a record of such dispensing.
              d. Is under no obligation to provide training regarding the administration of an opioid antagonist to the person to whom it is being dispensed although it is recommended that the pharmacist provide such training to avoid potential law suits.
              e. Must first obtain permission from the patient’s doctor or practitioner prior to prescribing an opioid antagonist.

              13) A pharmacist may only prescribe an opioid antagonist if the pharmacist has been trained and certified by a program approved by the Connecticut Medical Society and Department of Public Health.

              True False

              Handouts

              VIDEO

              Understanding Treatment Approaches for Autism Spectrum Disorder

              Learning Objectives

               After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

              • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
              • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
              • APPLY techniques to improve care in the pharmacy for patients with ASD and their caretakers

              After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

              • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
              • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
              • RECOGNIZE situations in which they can help patients with ASD and their caretakers appropriately

                A mother and her son in the pharmacy browsing through over-the-counter medication

                 

                Release Date: July 15, 2024

                Expiration Date: July 14, 2027

                Course Fee

                Pharmacists $7
                Technician $4

                There is no funding for this CE.

                ACPE UANs

                Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-035-H01-P

                Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-035-H01-T

                Session Codes

                Pharmacist:  24YC35-ABC28

                Pharmacy Technician:  24YC35-DBA94

                Accreditation Hours

                2.0 hours of CE

                Accreditation Statements

                The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-035-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                 

                Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                Faculty

                Christie Hurteau, PharmD
                PGY-1 Resident
                Bridgeport Hospital
                Bridgeport, CT

                Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, FBA, FASCP
                Director, Office of Pharmacy Practice Management
                University of Connecticut
                Storrs, CT

                Faculty Disclosure

                In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                Dr. Hurteau and Ms. Wick do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                 

                ABSTRACT

                Our understanding of "autism" has evolved from the early 1900s when it was originally described as childhood schizophrenia. Although classified as an independent condition in the DSM-III in 1980, the DSM-V consolidated autistic disorder, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder—not otherwise specified, and childhood disintegrative disorder into the term known as autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This has left many healthcare providers confused about the diagnosis and its treatment. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians need tools so that they will be able to communicate with and help people who have ASD. In addition, they need to have science- based information about the treatments used in ASD, and the indications for which they are employed. It also introduces and expands upon the terms neurotypical and neurodiverse.

                CONTENT

                Content

                 

                INTRODUCTION

                Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder characterized by persistent challenges in social interaction and communication, and restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or activities. “Autism” has evolved from the early 1900s, when it was originally described as childhood schizophrenia in the first and second editions of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM).1 Autism was classified as an independent condition in the DSM-III in 1980. The DSM-IV in 1994 was the first to recognize autism as a spectrum with various distinct diagnoses. In 2013, the DSM-V consolidated autistic disorder, Asperger syndrome, pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified, and childhood disintegrative disorder into the term known as autism spectrum disorder.2

                 

                The change in terminology has left many healthcare providers unsure about how to talk with and about people who have ASD. Researchers from the United Kingdom surveyed 654 English-speaking adults with ASD around the world to determine their preferences.3 Regardless of country, participants tended to favor the terms autism, autistic person, is autistic, neurological/brain difference, differences, challenges, difficulties, neurotypical people, and neurotypicals. Thus, the researchers were unable to find a universally accepted vernacular to talk about autism.3 Perhaps the best way to determine how to describe a patient with ASD is to ask how they themselves prefer to discuss their condition.

                 

                The term neurotypical is closely related to the term neurodiverse, and the SIDEBAR describes this relatively new term.

                 

                SIDEBAR: Neurodiversity4-7

                Medical insight and social changes in the perception of developmental disorders and neurodevelopmental trajectories, including the autism spectrum, have led to a changing vocabulary and a deeper appreciation of what is “normal.” Increasingly, we understand that human development is neurodiverse, meaning all individuals develop and behave differently. The concept of neurodiversity promotes the idea that people who have neurological limitations also have strengths, and that accommodating their differences as early in life as possible can be beneficial to the individual and to society at large. This is an empathetic, humanistic, tolerant approach.

                 

                It's now clear that people with ASD are often skilled in working with systems and finding patterns in complex data or material. This makes them good candidates to work in technology and manufacturing if an employer can accommodate an individual’s needs (e.g., quiet or dimly lit spaces, private or uncrowded work areas). People with dyslexia are often better than others at identifying peripheral or diffuse visual information or processing blurry visual scenes, making them excellent candidates for jobs that engage three-dimensional thinking (e.g., computer graphics, engineering, genetics, or molecular biology). Similarly, people with Williams syndrome (a rare genetic condition that affects physical features, development, and cardiovascular health), Down syndrome, and Prader-Willi syndrome (a rare genetic disorder causing weak muscles, poor feeding, and slow development in infants followed by constant hunger in childhood), tend to be more musical, more friendly, and more nurturing than others, respectively. Researchers have also connected specific strengths to other neurologic and intellectual disability diagnoses.

                 

                The origin of these strengths and limitations is probably linked to evolutionary adaptation. Being able to focus on patterns and systems, as seen in ASD, likely helped early humans in hunting and gathering societies. They were able to respond quickly to environmental stimuli and move in an appropriate direction when they identified potential prey. A famous quote comes from the autism activist Temple Grandin, who has autism. She has said, “Some guy with high functioning Asperger's developed the first stone spear; it wasn't developed by the social ones yakking around the campfire.”

                 

                The bottom line is that appreciating and respecting neurodiversity is kind and reasonable. Another quote from Temple Grandin explains it well: “Nature is cruel, but we don't have to be.”

                 

                Prevalence rates of ASD are reported to be approximately 1% worldwide (i.e., affecting 1 in 100 people), with comparable figures observed in samples of children and adults.8 Prevalence estimates have increased over time and vary greatly within and across socioeconomic and demographic groups. ASD is diagnosed four times more often in males than females.2

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: How many symptoms of autism spectrum disorder can you list before you continue reading?

                 

                Diagnosing ASD

                According to the DSM-V, diagnosis of ASD requires persistent deficits in all three areas of social communication and interaction, in addition to at least two of four types of restricted, repetitive behaviors. Table 1 lists ASD’s core characteristics and symptoms.

                 

                Table 1. Symptoms of ASD2

                Social Communication Deficits Restricted/Repetitive Behaviors
                1) Deficits in social-emotional reciprocity

                ·        Reduced sharing of interests

                ·        Struggles with emotional recognition

                 

                2) Deficits in non-verbal communication

                ·        Aversion to eye contact

                ·        Abnormal body language/facial expressions

                 

                3) Deficits in developing, maintaining, and understanding relationships

                ·        Scripted speech/taking language literally

                ·        Difficulty in sharing imaginative play

                ·        Difficulty making friends

                ·        Absence of interest in peers

                1) Stereotyped or repetitive motor movements, use of objects, or speech

                ·        Arranging objects meticulously

                ·        Echolalia (meaningless word repetition)

                ·        Stereotypical movements like hand-flapping

                 

                2) Hypo- or hyper-reactivity to sensory input or unusual interest in sensory input

                ·        Apparent indifference to pain/temperature

                ·        Adverse response to sounds or textures

                ·        Excessive smelling/touching of objects

                ·        Visual fascination with lights or movement

                 

                3) Highly restricted, fixated interests that are abnormal in intensity or focus

                ·        Expecting others to share their interests

                ·        Strong attachment to unusual objects

                 

                4) Insistence on sameness, inflexibility in routines, or ritualized patterns of behavior

                ·        Discomfort with change

                 

                Symptoms must be present in early development, cause clinically significant impairment in functioning, and cannot be attributable to intellectual disability or developmental delay. Since ASD is a spectrum, symptoms, severity, and treatment response vary widely among children and adults. Severity is categorized into three levels, described in Table 2.2

                 

                Table 2. Level of Severity of ASD2

                Severity Social Communication Restricted/Repetitive Behaviors
                Level 1

                 

                Requiring support

                Noticeable impairments in social communication without support, difficulty initiating social interactions and exhibiting atypical or unsuccessful responses to social cues, possible decreased interest in social interactions

                 

                Example: Able to speak full sentences, engages in communications, but social conversation attempts are odd/unsuccessful

                Rigid behavior significantly disrupts functioning in various contexts, challenges transitioning between activities, difficulty with organization and planning
                Level 2

                 

                Requiring substantial support

                Marked deficits in verbal/nonverbal social communication skills, social impairments apparent even with support, limited initiation of social interactions, reduced/abnormal responses to social approaches from others

                 

                Example: Speaks simple sentences, interaction limited to narrow special interests, odd nonverbal communication

                Difficulty coping with change and showing obvious restricted/repetitive behaviors that interfere with functioning in multiple contexts, distress/difficulty switching focus
                Level 3

                 

                Requiring very substantial support

                Severe deficits in verbal/nonverbal social communication skills, severe impairments in functioning, very limited initiation of social interactions, minimal response to social cues from others

                 

                Example: Few words of intelligible speech, rarely initiates interaction, makes unusual approaches to meet needs only and responds to only very direct social approaches

                Inflexibility of behavior, extreme difficulty coping with change, restricted/repetitive behaviors significantly interfere with functioning in all contexts, great distress/difficulty changing focus or action

                 

                Prognosis

                One concern for many people with ASD and their caregivers is long-term prognosis. A recent systematic review looked at data from 16 small studies (two randomized, 14 non-randomized).9 Only three of the included studies enrolled more than 100 participants, limiting the ability to draw conclusions, but researchers found that early intervention improved children’s prognosis considerably.

                 

                Children who received intervention before 2 years of age were more likely to improve their cognition, social skills, and stereotyped behaviors than others. They needed less monitoring at school and were better able to function and integrate socially. These researchers noted that healthcare providers often fail to offer early intervention for four reasons9:

                • Many healthcare providers are unfamiliar with the necessary screening, diagnosis, and intervention tools for ASD
                • Early intervention involves many different strategies and is costly
                • Involving parents in early intervention programs is difficult
                • It’s difficult to recognize ASD’s signs in toddlers younger than 2 years

                 

                ASD CASE PRESENTATION

                John, a 10-year-old boy with ASD, enters the community pharmacy with his mother to pick up his prescription for aripiprazole 10 mg tablets. His agitation due to the bright lights and loud chatter from other customers becomes immediately apparent to the pharmacy team. They notice several visible signs and hear auditory cues that indicate his discomfort and distress in the environment. John's body tenses up, with rigid posture and fidgety movements, and his hands are clenched tightly as he paces and rocks back and forth. His facial expressions—furrowed brows and widened eyes—convey distress, and his vocalizations include whimpers and "I don't like it here." Additionally, John exhibits repetitive behaviors such as hand-flapping and tapping his mother. He attempts to retreat from the situation by seeking refuge behind his mother. Understanding his sensitivity to sensory input, the pharmacy team must respond with patience, empathy, and sensitivity to ensure John feels supported and safe during his visit. In addition, John’s mother will appreciate empathy and accommodation.

                 

                Strategies for Support

                Pharmacists can employ their medication expertise to help the healthcare team, families, and patients improve ASD management. As John’s description indicates, patients with ASD are often sensitive to sensory input like noise, light, and crowded environments.10 Pharmacists should recognize how a pharmacy setup can affect patients, potentially hindering communication. Offering to move to a quiet, dimly lit, private space (e.g., the consultation or vaccination area) for counseling helps accommodate sensory sensitivities.

                 

                When communicating with patients with ASD, pharmacists should consider the patient's level of autonomy and assess the need to interact primarily with the patient or the caregiver. Communication strategies can include using simplified language, direct communication, and patients' names to engage them and aid comprehension. Providing training to pharmacy staff on ASD can help pharmacists and technicians to serve these patients better.10

                 

                Putting Strategies in Action

                The pharmacist, Keith, addresses John by name, acknowledges his discomfort, and minimizes distractions to create a more calming environment to put John at ease. For example, “Hello, John. I’m your pharmacist, and my name is Keith. It’s noisy out here. Would you like to move to a quieter room?” A technician familiar with the patient can also make this suggestion as soon as the patient arrives.

                 

                Keith also involves caregivers in the discussion, ensures they understand the medication instructions, and addresses any concerns they may have. He also reassures them of his availability for further assistance by saying, “I’m glad we talked about your medications today. If you have questions, you can stop in or call. I’m generally here Tuesday through Saturday, and my coworker Suzanne covers when I’m not here.”

                 

                By implementing these strategies, community pharmacists and technicians can improve the patient care experience for individuals with ASD.10

                 

                ASD TREATMENT

                ASD is complex, and treatment often involves a multidisciplinary approach targeting various symptoms and challenges.11 Although there is no outright “cure,” effective interventions may enhance functioning of children and adults with ASD. Pillars of treatment include behavioral therapies, speech and language therapy, occupational therapy, educational support, and sometimes medication management.

                 

                Behavioral therapy (e.g., applied behavioral analysis) involves creating a structured behavioral plan to improve adaptive skills and reduce inappropriate behaviors by studying affected individuals' functional difficulties systematically. Speech and language therapy is an integral part of ASD treatment for many children. Speech therapy targets difficulty with social communication and language development, which are some of ASD's core symptoms. Language therapy may employ visual supports like picture cards, augmentative and alternative communication devices, and teaching sign language (e.g., American Sign Language). Occupational therapy focuses on enhancing individuals' ability to participate in everyday activities and improve their quality of life. It typically addresses sensory processing issues, motor skill development, self-care skills, social interaction, and coping strategies, aiming to promote independence and function in various environments.11

                 

                ASD treatment involves a multidisciplinary care team comprising professionals such as specialists, psychologists, pediatricians, paraprofessionals, and educators; ideally, team members collaborate to address individuals’ diverse needs and provide comprehensive support and intervention.11

                 

                ASD Treatment Guidelines

                Several treatment guidelines are available for ASD. The United Kingdom’s National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) has published ASD guidelines for both children under 19 years old and adults.12,13 The Canadian Pharmacists Journal published ASD practice guidelines specifically for pharmacists. The latter guideline outlines strategies for effective communication and discusses how the community pharmacy team can create a welcoming environment for people with autism and their caregivers.10

                 

                Community pharmacists and technicians often encounter patients with diverse needs, including those with ASD. To provide optimal care, it's crucial to understand patients’ unique challenges and tailor services accordingly. Let's look at a case that highlights the importance of accommodating a patient with ASD in the pharmacy setting.

                 

                Pharmacologic Interventions

                Pharmacotherapy for ASD primarily focuses on managing symptoms rather than directly targeting core features.8 However, many challenges exist in this area, including limited efficacy and evidence, adverse effects, individual variability, lack of targeted therapies, and long-term monitoring. Prescribers should consider that children with ASD often have heightened sensitivity to medication and are more prone to adverse reactions compared to neurotypical children. It is advisable to initiate pharmacologic treatment at lower doses and increase gradually based on response and tolerability. It's crucial to gather objective symptom measures from various sources both before and after intervention to assess treatment response accurately across different settings.8

                 

                Another major hurdle lies in addressing co-occurring disorders that often accompany ASD, such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), anxiety, epilepsy, sleep disorders, and more. These additional conditions complicate treatment approaches, requiring tailored interventions to address unique needs. Very limited evidence supports the effectiveness of many medications used to manage ASD symptoms.14

                 

                The lack of medications specifically targeting core ASD symptoms and the limited efficacy data for various medications present barriers to identifying effective treatment strategies. Addressing these challenges requires a comprehensive approach that integrates pharmacologic interventions with behavioral, educational, and supportive therapies personalized to the individual's specific needs and circumstances. Additionally, ongoing research is crucial to advance our understanding of ASD and to develop more effective and targeted pharmacological treatments in the future.14

                 

                Most medications for ASD are used off-label and few United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drugs are available for specific symptom management. Medications used may include atypical antipsychotics, stimulants, serotonergic drugs, alpha-2 adrenergic antagonists, anticonvulsants, and many others.14

                 

                Atypical Antipsychotics

                Prescribers often use atypical antipsychotics for irritability associated with ASD. Currently, the FDA has approved only two medications for treatment of irritability associated with ASD: risperidone and aripiprazole.15,16 Both are atypical (second generation) antipsychotics and exert effects through dopamine, 5-HT (serotonin), alpha-adrenergic, and histaminergic receptors in the brain.

                 

                Clinical trials have demonstrated effectiveness of these drugs in reducing irritability and, to a lesser extent, repetitive behaviors. They share similar safety profiles, with common adverse effects including fatigue, increased appetite, gastrointestinal symptoms, hyperprolactinemia, weight gain, and sedation. Less common adverse effects include restlessness and akathisia (inability to remain still). Serious adverse effects such as dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, metabolic syndrome, and extrapyramidal symptoms (e.g., involuntary movements, muscle stiffness, tremors) or drug-induced movement disorders have also been reported, necessitating close clinical and laboratory monitoring.14

                 

                Risperidone is FDA-approved for treatment of ASD-associated irritability in children and adolescents aged 5 to 16 years.15 Studies have demonstrated that risperidone may effectively improve core symptoms of ASD, including communication, social interaction, and repetitive behaviors. Non-core symptoms such as aggression, tantrums, and self-injurious behaviors also improved based on various behavioral rating scales. Risperidone is generally well-tolerated and safe, with the most common adverse effect being mild, self-limiting weight gain. In one small study of 97 children treated with risperidone over a 6-month period, participants gained an average of 5.4 kg over 24 weeks. At baseline, 59 of the 97 children (60.8%) had normal weight status. By week 24, only 25 of the remaining 85 children (29.4%) maintained normal weights.17 In adults with ASD, adverse cognitive effects have not been observed in patients treated with risperidone for other psychiatric disorders. However, further exploration is needed regarding the efficacy of risperidone in adults with ASD.18

                 

                Aripiprazole is FDA-approved for treatment of ASD-associated irritability in pediatric patients 6 to 17 years old.16 Short-term studies have shown that aripiprazole can improve irritability, hyperactivity, and repetitive behaviors in children and adolescents with ASD compared to placebo. However, researchers have not observed improvement in lethargy or withdrawal symptoms. Aripiprazole use was associated with higher rates of movement disorders such as tremors and muscle rigidity. While aripiprazole may offer benefits, weight gain and neurological adverse effects like involuntary movements can limit its use. Regular monitoring of symptoms and adverse effects is recommended, and further research is needed to evaluate the long-term safety and effectiveness of aripiprazole in treating ASD.19

                 

                Other atypical antipsychotics occasionally used off-label for ASD include olanzapine, quetiapine, and ziprasidone. Providers generally avoid first generation antipsychotics due to the higher risk of movement-related adverse effects.14

                 

                Revisiting John’s Case

                John's ASD is graded at Level 2—needing substantial support. He requires a range of support services tailored to his individual needs to thrive. For instance, John may benefit from behavioral interventions aimed at addressing his irritability and other behavioral challenges associated with his autism. These interventions could include strategies to manage his sensory sensitivities, develop coping skills, and enhance social communication. Additionally, providing John with structured routines and visual supports, such as clear schedules and visual cues, can help him navigate daily activities more effectively and reduce anxiety. Given his sensitivity to sensory stimuli, providing sensory accommodations like a quiet space or sensory tools (e.g., noise-canceling headphones) can aid in regulating his sensory experiences and minimizing agitation.

                 

                Moreover, John's prescription for aripiprazole indicates the need for medication management to address his irritability. Keeping in mind that John is 10 years old and in a period of rapid growth, it's crucial for the pharmacy team to monitor his height and weight regularly. The pharmacy team must inquire about any recent changes in his behavior or symptoms. The reason: the two atypical antipsychotics approved for irritability have similarities and differences that are critical to recognize, and with weight changes, the dose may require adjustments. The pharmacy team can support John's family, particularly his mother, with referral to resources such as parent training programs and support groups that can help them navigate the challenges associated with caring for a child with ASD. John can receive the assistance he needs to thrive and lead a fulfilling life with these comprehensive supports in place.

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: How many children with ASD receive care from your pharmacy? What behaviors do you see and hear?

                 

                Stimulants

                Clinicians often prescribe stimulants to manage hyperactivity and inattention in ASD and co-existing ADHD. Two main classes of stimulants are commonly used in ADHD: amphetamines and methylphenidate derivatives.14 Prior to initiating stimulant therapy, clinicians must evaluate patients' medical and family histories and conduct a comprehensive physical exam focused on cardiovascular health. Ongoing monitoring for common adverse effects, such as appetite changes and sleep disturbances, is imperative, and it is essential to assess adolescent patients for risk of substance use or misuse before treatment initiation.

                 

                Amphetamine formulations include amphetamine-dextroamphetamine, dextroamphetamine, amphetamine sulfate, amphetamine, and lisdexamfetamine. Research suggests that amphetamines tend to be slightly more effective in reducing ADHD symptoms than methylphenidate, but they are also less tolerable. In a systematic review of data from more than 10,000 neurotypical individuals (i.e., children, adolescents, and adults without ASD), researchers found that amphetamines were more efficacious in reducing ADHD symptoms, although they were less well-tolerated than both placebo and methylphenidate in children and adolescents.20

                 

                Methylphenidate products come in various formulations including immediate- and extended-release tablets or capsules, a transdermal patch, an extended-release liquid, and orally disintegrating tablets. Short-term treatment with methylphenidate has shown some benefit in improving hyperactivity, inattention, and other ADHD symptoms in children with ASD, but studies are small. The largest has enrolled just 66 children.21 Nonetheless, no evidence showed improvement in core ASD symptoms or social interaction. Additionally, while some children with ASD responded positively to methylphenidate, a significant number experienced adverse effects such as irritability, repetitive behaviors, insomnia, and reduced appetite.14

                 

                Alpha-2 Adrenergic Agonists

                Alpha-2 adrenergic agonists—including guanfacine and clonidine—are commonly used in ADHD management for younger children. Evidence exists regarding the off-label use of alpha-2 adrenergic agonists in alleviating some symptoms of ASD, so some providers use them off label for this condition. Clinicians commonly prescribe these for children younger than 5 years old with ADHD or hyperarousal (intense, rapid, and often overwhelming emotional responses). These medications are also useful in cases when patients have poor responses to stimulants or selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., atomoxetine) or when patients have significant co-occurring conditions like sleep issues that preclude stimulant use.

                 

                Research on the use of alpha-2-adrenergic agonists in ASD is limited to a few small studies.14 Guanfacine has been shown to be safe and effective in managing hyperactivity and impulsiveness in children with ASD. Common adverse effects of guanfacine include sedation, constipation, irritability, and aggression, but they are generally better tolerated than stimulant medications.14

                 

                PAUSE AND PONDER: What kinds of questions should you ask caregivers when they present a new prescription for a patient with ASD? What information do they need to know (but might not think about)?

                 

                Other Medications with Limited Supporting Data

                Several medications have been explored with limited evidence in ASD management. These include various serotonergic medications (selective norepinephrine receptor inhibitors [SNRIs] and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors [SSRIs]), anticonvulsants, gabapentin, and trazodone.

                 

                Researchers have looked at SNRIs and SSRIs to treat difficult behaviors in ASD. Venlafaxine has been proven beneficial as an adjunct treatment for self-injurious behaviors, aggression, and ADHD symptoms in children and adults with ASD, particularly when administered at doses lower than those typically used for depression.22 Conversely, duloxetine (also an SNRI) did not demonstrate any additional advantages in addressing comorbid symptoms and behaviors associated with ASD when compared to alternative antidepressants.22

                 

                SSRIs can be helpful in patients with comorbid anxiety, which is very common with ASD. However, clinical trials assessing the SSRIs citalopram and fluoxetine found them to have low tolerability and limited effectiveness in addressing repetitive behaviors.23

                 

                Anticonvulsants, also known as antiepileptic drugs, are sometimes used off-label in the treatment of certain ASD symptoms. While these medications are primarily indicated for seizure management, they may also be prescribed to address co-occurring conditions such as epilepsy, aggression, irritability, and repetitive behaviors in individuals with ASD. Examples of anticonvulsants studied or used in ASD treatment include valproic acid (valproate), lamotrigine, levetiracetam, and topiramate.14 However, the evidence supporting anticonvulsants' efficacy in treating ASD symptoms remains limited, and healthcare professionals should consider the use of these drugs carefully and monitor closely for potential adverse effects and individual variability in response. 14

                 

                Limited research suggests that carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, levetiracetam, and topiramate may exacerbate hyperactivity, mood disturbances, psychotic symptoms, and other psychiatric or behavioral issues in individuals with ASD.24 These effects appear most common with levetiracetam. Evidence is inconclusive on the role of anticonvulsants in ASD in the absence of epilepsy, but there always remains potential for specific cases. Further research is needed to better understand the safety and effectiveness of anticonvulsants in ASD treatment and to identify subgroups of individuals who may benefit most from this approach.

                 

                Off-label use of gabapentin and trazodone for ASD presents significant patient safety concerns. Despite lacking FDA approval for this indication, these drugs are increasingly prescribed, leading to adverse drug reactions.25 Gabapentin is often used off-label to address anxiety and occasionally behavioral problems. Gabapentin can also cause central nervous system depression. Its use in ASD is poorly studied, with one study that enrolled just 23 children (mean age 7.2) with various neurologic diagnoses finding that 78% of children had improved sleep at doses of 5 mg/kg 30 to 40 minutes before bedtime.26 However, further research is required to substantiate these findings.26

                 

                Very limited evidence supports using trazodone to manage irritability, but many individuals with ASD still use it, as sleep disturbances are very common. Safety considerations exist, as trazodone poses risks of overdose-related complications, including arrhythmias, respiratory arrest, coma, and the rare but serious condition of priapism. Overprescribing of these medications is increasing and not backed by evidence, especially in ASD. Cautious prescribing practices and thorough patient education are needed to ensure the safety and well-being of individuals with ASD using gabapentin and trazodone.

                 

                As mentioned, sleep problems are common in children with ASD. In fact, between 40% and 80% of children with ASD develop them.27 For many children, insomnia is the problem, but other children develop parasomnias (e.g., sleep talking, sleepwalking, sleep terrors), or circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders. Prescribers have various options available to treat insomnia, but in autism, the largest body of work describes the use of melatonin to improve sleep onset and maintenance. Research suggests using lowest doses (1 to 2 mg) and titrating upward gradually.28,29

                 

                John Develops Insomnia

                Once again, John and his mother visit the pharmacy to fill a prescription. His mom says that although they have a very structured schedule and John's regular bedtime is 9:00 PM, John has difficulty falling asleep and is often awake and moving around in his room for long periods of time. His mom says, “Recently, it feels like he's awake all night long and his symptoms are worse when he doesn't get enough sleep. It's a vicious cycle.” She looks exhausted; a key issue when children with ASD develop sleep disorders is that the entire family often loses sleep.

                 

                Mom also reports that her primary care provider has counseled her on ways to help John get to sleep, including discouraging behaviors that interrupt sleep, using positive reinforcement when John is actively trying to sleep, and employing relaxation techniques. She says that she moved his bedtime to 11:00 PM and he has been a little bit sleepier. Her plan is to move John’s bedtime 15 minutes earlier each week. Regardless, John and his entire family still need additional help with this issue. John’s mother indicates that the prescriber told her to speak with the pharmacist so she can find the most reliable melatonin product. That’s a prudent recommendation, since many supplements are mislabeled or unreliable.28

                 

                PHARMACY IMPLICATIONS

                Pharmacists, pharmacy technicians, and the community pharmacy setting serve as essential components of healthcare for patients with ASD and their families. The pharmacy team can address concerns, provide encouragement, and ensure parents and caregivers feel equipped to manage medication administration effectively. Pharmacists can provide counseling and technicians can offer support to help caregivers confidently manage medication regimens for patients with ASD, ensuring better adherence and improved healthcare outcomes. Table 3 lists important reminders for the pharmacy team.

                 

                Table 3. Best Interventions for Children with ASD at the Pharmacy10,30,31

                 

                • Anticipate that you will provide care for patients with ASD and identify a calm area where you can council without noise or distraction
                • Accept that some parents do not want to take any more time in a store (pharmacy or not) than they must, and try to accommodate them
                • At every visit, ask if anything has changed since the last visit and record an updated height and weight (especially if the patient is on a medication dosed by weight)
                • If parents struggle with administering medications to children with ASD
                  • Provide tailored support and education, offer clear and concise medication instructions using visual aids and use simplified language
                  • Recommend dosage forms like liquids or chewable tablets to ease administration challenges
                  • Offer customized packaging options such as unit-dose blister packs or pre-filled syringes proactively to simplify dosing and organization
                  • Help parents and caregivers create visual medication schedules or reward systems to reduce anxiety during medication administration
                • Encourage parents and caregivers to keep a diary of symptoms so they can monitor the patient’s response to newly prescribed medications
                • Remember that stimulants, gabapentin, and trazodone have been linked to abuse and all families need to be reminded to store these drugs securely
                  • In some states, gabapentin is a controlled substance

                 

                Pharmacists are a valuable drug information resource and adept at assessing existing evidence to help patients with ASD and their families make well-informed decisions. Pharmacy involvement is invaluable in providing optimal care and support for this patient population.

                The Future of Treating ASD

                The future of pharmacologic treatment for ASD holds promise but also faces significant challenges. Continued research into ASD's underlying neurobiologic mechanisms may lead to the development of more targeted interventions tailored to address specific symptoms and subtypes of the disorder. Additionally, advancements in genetic testing and biomarker identification could enable personalized treatment approaches, optimizing efficacy while minimizing adverse effects.

                 

                Large-scale clinical trials and collaborative research efforts to evaluate treatment effectiveness comprehensively are needed. Ultimately, the future of medication therapy for ASD will depend on the ability to integrate advancements with a nuanced understanding of individual differences and needs of patients with ASD.14

                 

                CONCLUSION

                While progress has been made in understanding and treating ASD, significant challenges remain. A comprehensive approach combining behavioral interventions, therapies, and pharmacotherapy tailored to individual needs is essential for improving outcomes in individuals with ASD. Continued research efforts are necessary to develop more effective and evidence-based treatments for this complex disorder. Temple Grandin explains it well: “A treatment method or an educational method that will work for one child may not work for another child. The one common denominator for all of the young children is that early intervention does work, and it seems to improve the prognosis.”

                 

                Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                UNDERSTANDING TREATMENT APPROACHES FOR AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDER

                Pharmacist Post Test

                After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
                • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
                • APPLY techniques to improve care in the pharmacy for patients with ASD and their caretakers

                1. Which of the following is TRUE about autism spectrum disorder?
                A. It affects 10% of children worldwide
                B. It affects four times as many males than females
                C. Prevalence has decreased over the past decade

                2. Which of the following symptom lists BEST represents autism spectrum disorder?
                A. Avoiding eye contact, sensitivity to loud noises, disinterest in peers or making friends
                B. Strong attachment to unusual objects, sensitivity to cold temperatures, discomfort with change
                C. Hand flapping, excessive smelling of objects, increased sharing of imaginative play

                3. Which job would an individual with ASD be expected to excel at?
                A. A professional musician
                B. A manufacturing job in a busy warehouse
                C. An accounting job at a quiet firm

                4. Which of the following is TRUE about sleep disorders in patients with ASD?
                A. They are relatively uncommon, affecting about 20% of patients with ASD
                B. They are best treated with non-pharmacologic techniques with or without melatonin
                C. Patients with ASD typically only develop parasomnias like sleepwalking or sleep talking

                5. Which of the following is FDA-approved to treat ASD-associated irritability in a 5-year-old?
                A. Quetiapine
                B. Aripiprazole
                C. Risperidone

                6. Which of the following is TRUE about aripiprazole for ASD?
                A. It’s used off-label to treat ASD-associated insomnia
                B. It can improve repetitive behaviors seen in ASD
                C. It’s known to cause decreased appetite and weight loss

                7. Which of the following co-occurring conditions in a patient with ASD could benefit from the use of dextroamphetamine?
                A. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
                B. Sleep disturbances (e.g., insomnia)
                C. Self-injurious behaviors and aggression

                8. Which of the following is gabapentin used off-label to treat in ASD?
                A. Insomnia
                B. Anxiety
                C. Epilepsy

                9. George is a 3-year-old boy who comes to the pharmacy with his mom. George’s mom asks your help picking out a melatonin supplement for her son who is having trouble sleeping at night. She explains that his pediatrician recommended getting him evaluated for ASD based on other symptoms he is exhibiting, but she thinks this isn’t necessary. She says “he’s just a toddler who can’t sleep because he’s too excited, we’ll try the melatonin first.” Which of the following is the BEST response?
                A. Advocate to have George evaluated soon, rather than waiting, as outcomes are better for patients who are diagnosed and treated earlier
                B. Let her know she’s right to delay evaluation because providers typically can’t diagnose ASD before 8 years of age
                C. Offer to contact George’s pediatrician to see if she is willing to prescribe trazodone, as it works better for patients with ASD-associated insomnia

                10. Amelia is a 12-year-old patient with diagnosed ASD who comes to the pharmacy with her mom to pick up her prescription for aripiprazole. You are understaffed due to a call out and the only technician is assisting someone in the drive thru while you are on hold with an insurance company. Amelia and her mom are third in line at pick-up, and you notice Amelia is pacing back and forth, shielding her eyes from the fluorescent lights, and tugging her mom’s arm asking to leave. Which of the following is the BEST course of action?
                A. Toss Amelia’s mom your noise-cancelling headphones and a pair of sunglasses and tell her you will be with her as soon as you can
                B. Make a note to contact Amelia’s provider and let them know that her aripiprazole dose should be increased
                C. Offer to let Amelia and her mom wait in your vaccination area with the lights off until you or the technician can help her

                Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                UNDERSTANDING TREATMENT APPROACHES FOR AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDER

                Pharmacy Technician Post-test

                After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technician will be able to
                • DESCRIBE autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and its manifestations
                • LIST medications used to manage symptoms of ASD
                • RECOGNIZE situations in which they can help patients with ASD and their caretakers appropriately

                1. Which of the following is TRUE about autism spectrum disorder?
                A. It affects 10% of children worldwide
                B. It affects four times as many males than females
                C. Prevalence has decreased over the past decade

                2. Which of the following symptom lists BEST represents autism spectrum disorder?
                A. Avoiding eye contact, sensitivity to loud noises, disinterest in peers or making friends
                B. Strong attachment to unusual objects, sensitivity to cold temperatures, discomfort with change
                C. Hand flapping, excessive smelling of objects, increased sharing of imaginative play

                3. Which job would an individual with ASD be expected to excel at?
                A. A professional musician
                B. A manufacturing job in a busy warehouse
                C. An accounting job at a quiet firm

                4. Which of the following is TRUE about sleep disorders in patients with ASD?
                A. They are relatively uncommon, affecting about 20% of patients with ASD
                B. They are best treated with non-pharmacologic techniques with or without melatonin
                C. Patients with ASD typically only develop parasomnias like sleepwalking or sleep talking

                5. Which of the following is FDA-approved to treat ASD-associated irritability in a 5-year-old?
                A. Quetiapine
                B. Aripiprazole
                C. Risperidone

                6. Which of the following is TRUE about aripiprazole for ASD?
                A. It’s used off-label to treat ASD-associated insomnia
                B. It can improve repetitive behaviors seen in ASD
                C. It’s known to cause decreased appetite and weight loss

                7. Which of the following co-occurring conditions in a patient with ASD could benefit from the use of dextroamphetamine?
                A. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
                B. Sleep disturbances (e.g., insomnia)
                C. Self-injurious behaviors and aggression

                8. Which of the following is gabapentin used off-label to treat in ASD?
                A. Insomnia
                B. Anxiety
                C. Epilepsy

                9. Which of the following strategies helps patients with ASD feel more comfortable coming to the pharmacy?
                A. Greet them by name upon arrival
                B. Avoid talking to them directly
                C. Conduct transactions as slowly as possible

                10. Amelia is a 12-year-old patient with diagnosed ASD who comes to the pharmacy with her mom to pick up her prescription for aripiprazole. You are understaffed due to a call out and you are the only technician working today. You are assisting someone in the drive thru while the pharmacist is on hold with an insurance company. Amelia and her mom are third in line at pick-up, and you notice Amelia is pacing back and forth, shielding her eyes from the fluorescent lights, and tugging her mom’s arm asking to leave. Which of the following is the BEST course of action?
                A. Toss Amelia’s mom your noise-cancelling headphones and a pair of sunglasses and tell her you will be with her as soon as you can
                B. Make a note to tell the pharmacist to contact Amelia’s provider and let them know that her aripiprazole dose should be increased
                C. Offer to let Amelia and her mom wait in your vaccination area with the lights off until you or the pharmacist can help her

                References

                Full List of References

                References

                   

                  1. Sasson NJ, Pinkham AE, Carpenter KL, Belger A. The benefit of directly comparing autism and schizophrenia for revealing mechanisms of social cognitive impairment. J Neurodev Disord. 2011;3(2):87-100. doi:10.1007/s11689-010-9068-x
                  2. American Psychiatric Association. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR). 2022;5(5). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787
                  3. Keating CT, Hickman L, Leung J, et al. Autism-related language preferences of English-speaking individuals across the globe: A mixed methods investigation. Autism Res. 2023;16(2):406-428. doi:10.1002/aur.2864
                  4. Bąbel P, Ostaszewski P. Between neurodiversity and therapy: the importance of making conscious and responsible choices in supporting individuals on the autism spectrum. Postep Psychiatr Neurol. 2023;32(4):175-180. doi:10.5114/ppn.2023.135596
                  5. Armstrong T. The myth of the normal brain: embracing neurodiversity. AMA J Ethics. 2015;17(4):348-352. doi:10.1001/journalofethics.2015.17.4.msoc1-1504
                  6. Brüne M, Belsky J, Fabrega H, et al. The crisis of psychiatry - insights and prospects from evolutionary theory. World Psychiatry. 2012;11(1):55-57. doi:10.1016/j.wpsyc.2012.01.009
                  7. Solomon A. The autism rights movement. New York Magazine. June 2, 2008. Accessed April 4, 2024. http://nymag.com/news/features/47225/
                  8. Zeidan J, Fombonne E, Scorah J, et al. Global prevalence of autism: A systematic review update. Autism Res. 2022;15(5):778-790. doi:10.1002/aur.2696
                  9. Pires JF, Grattão CC, Gomes RMR. The challenges for early intervention and its effects on the prognosis of autism spectrum disorder: a systematic review. Dement Neuropsychol. 2024;18:e20230034. doi:10.1590/1980-5764-DN-2023-0034
                  10. Kadi R, Gayed F, Kauzman P, et al. Autism spectrum disorder: Practice guidelines for pharmacists. Can Pharm J (Ott). 2024;157(2):58-65. doi:10.1177/17151635241228495
                  11. Hyman SL, Levy SE, Myers SM; COUNCIL ON CHILDREN WITH DISABILITIES, SECTION ON DEVELOPMENTAL AND BEHAVIORAL PEDIATRICS. Identification, Evaluation, and Management of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder. Pediatrics. 2020;145(1):e20193447. doi:10.1542/peds.2019-3447
                  12. Autism spectrum disorder in under 19s: support and management. London: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE); June 14, 2021.
                  13. Autism spectrum disorder in adults: diagnosis and management. London: National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE); June 14, 2021.
                  14. Aishworiya R, Valica T, Hagerman R, Restrepo B. An Update on Psychopharmacological Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder. Neurotherapeutics. 2022;19(1):248-262. doi:10.1007/s13311-022-01183-1
                  15. Risperdal [package insert]. Janssen Pharmaceutical Companies; 2022. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/020272s087,021444s059lbl.pdf
                  16. Abilify [package insert]. Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co; 2022. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/021436s048lbledit.pdf
                  17. Scahill L, Jeon S, Boorin SJ, et al. Weight Gain and Metabolic Consequences of Risperidone in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 2016;55(5):415-423. doi:10.1016/j.jaac.2016.02.016
                  18. Hutchinson J, Folawemi O, Bittla P, et al. The Effects of Risperidone on Cognition in People With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review. Cureus. 2023;15(9):e45524. doi:10.7759/cureus.45524
                  19. Hirsch LE, Pringsheim T. Aripiprazole for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;2016(6):CD009043. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009043.pub3
                  20. Cortese S, Adamo N, Del Giovane C, et al. Comparative efficacy and tolerability of medications for attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in children, adolescents, and adults: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Lancet Psychiatry. 2018;5(9):727-738. doi:10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30269-4
                  21. Posey DJ, Aman MG, McCracken JT, et al. Positive effects of methylphenidate on inattention and hyperactivity in pervasive developmental disorders: an analysis of secondary measures. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(4):538-544. doi:10.1016/j.biopsych.2006.09.028
                  22. Nanjappa MS, Voyiaziakis E, Pradhan B, Mannekote Thippaiah S. Use of selective serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs) in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), comorbid psychiatric disorders and ASD-associated symptoms: a clinical review. CNS Spectr. 2022;27(3):290-297. doi:10.1017/S109285292000214X
                  23. Hellings J. Pharmacotherapy in autism spectrum disorders, including promising older drugs warranting trials. World J Psychiatry. 2023;13(6):262-277. doi:10.5498/wjp.v13.i6.262
                  24. Chen B, Choi H, Hirsch LJ, et al. Psychiatric and behavioral side effects of antiepileptic drugs in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav. 2017;76:24-31. doi:10.1016/j.yebeh.2017.08.039
                  25. Lenzer J. Pfizer pleads guilty, but drug sales continue to soar. BMJ. 2004;328(7450):1217. doi:10.1136/bmj.328.7450.1217
                  26. Mammarella V, Orecchio S, Cameli N, et al. Using pharmacotherapy to address sleep disturbances in autism spectrum disorders. Expert Rev Neurother. 2023;23(12):1261-1276. doi:10.1080/14737175.2023.2267761
                  27. Sidhu N, Wong Z, Bennett AE, Souders MC. Sleep Problems in Autism Spectrum Disorder. Pediatr Clin North Am. 2024;71(2):253-268. doi:10.1016/j.pcl.2024.01.006
                  28. Souders MC, Taylor BJ, Zavodny Jackson S. Sleep Problems in Autism Spectrum Disorder. In: White SW, Maddox BB, Mazefsky CA, eds. The Oxford Handbook of Autism and Co-Occurring Psychiatric Conditions. Oxford University Press; 2020: 258-283. Accessed May 10, 2024. https://academic.oup.com/edited-volume/28150/chapter-abstract/212932907
                  29. Williams Buckley A, Hirtz D, Oskoui M, et al. Practice guideline: Treatment for insomnia and disrupted sleep behavior in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder: Report of the Guideline Development, Dissemination, and Implementation Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2020;94(9):392-404. doi:10.1212/WNL.0000000000009033
                  30. Kurtz SP, Buttram ME, Margolin ZR, Wogenstahl K. The diversion of nonscheduled psychoactive prescription medications in the United States, 2002 to 2017. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2019;28(5):700-706. doi:10.1002/pds.4771
                  31. Anderson LA. Is gabapentin a controlled substance/narcotic? Drugs.com. Updated December 5, 2022. Accessed April 5, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/medical-answers/gabapentin-narcotic-controlled-substance-3555993/

                  Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

                  Learning Objectives

                   After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                  ·       Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                  ·       Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                  ·       Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                  ·       List treatment recommendations for type 2 diabetes in the setting of common comorbidities

                  After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

                  ·       Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                  ·       Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                  ·       Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                  ·       List common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes

                     

                    Release Date: July 15, 2024

                    Expiration Date: July 15, 2027

                    Course Fee

                    Pharmacists $7
                    Technician $4

                    There is no funding for this CE.

                    ACPE UANs

                    Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-034-H01-P

                    Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-034-H01-T

                    Session Codes

                    Pharmacist:  24YC34-FPX42

                    Pharmacy Technician:  24YC34-PFX24

                    Accreditation Hours

                    2.0 hours of CE

                    Accreditation Statements

                    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-034-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                     

                    Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                    Faculty

                    Gretchen De Nike Irion, Pharm.D.
                    Retired Hospital Pharmacist
                    Redwood, CA

                    Faculty Disclosure

                    In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                    Dr. Irion does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                     

                    ABSTRACT

                    The diabetes epidemic is growing globally. Knowledge of current standards of care is essential for healthcare professionals. Understanding the importance of lifestyle recommendations and current pharmacologic therapies based on comorbidities is integral to improving diabetic patient outcomes. This continuing education activity follows a format similar to the Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, focusing on the non-pregnant adult with T2DM. The current standards stress the importance of assessing each patient as an individual and emphasize a team care approach with patient involvement in monitoring diet, weight, physical exercise, and glycemic targets. This continuing education activity reviews the treatment of comorbid conditions, including obesity, hyperlipidemia, hypertension, heart disease, and chronic kidney disease, in addition to glycemic care. Using glucose-lowering therapy that decreases weight and slows cardiovascular disease progression is the new standard of care. Current medication therapy highlights incorporation of sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 inhibitors and glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists into therapeutic treatment plans.

                    CONTENT

                    Content

                    INTRODUCTION

                    Many years ago, I dined with a large man who looked as if he had lost a substantial amount of weight. He ordered meat and vegetables and explained to me that he had eliminated most carbohydrates from his diet. As a result of dietary changes, he was able to discontinue his diabetes medication. As a pharmacist, this concept of treating a disease with lifestyle changes, rather than medication, left a profound impact.

                     

                    Globally, diabetes mellites is the ninth major cause of death. This epidemic has quadrupled in the past 30 years, affecting about one in 11 adults.1 Type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) accounts for approximately 90% of diabetes mellitus diagnoses.1 Traditionally, treatment goals focused on hemoglobin A1C (HbA1c) and blood glucose levels to treat T2DM. However, the incidence of diabetes and diabetic complications continues to rise despite the many hypoglycemic medications on the market.2,3 Many older hypoglycemics can lead to weight gain, conflicting with the treatment goal of decreasing body mass.4 Optimizing diet, nutrition, and physical exercise are important treatment components, but patients may find this challenging. The healthcare team can supply the necessary support to optimize therapy. If lifestyle modifications and traditional treatments are ineffective, newer T2DM medications offer novel treatment approaches that potentially improve overall patient outcomes.

                     

                    Prevalence and Risk Factors

                    The global adult prevalence of diabetes is significant and varies by several factors5:

                    • Overall, approximately 6.1%
                    • Males 6.5%
                    • Females 5.8%
                    • Older adults between the ages of 65 and 95 years, over 20%
                    • Adults in their late 70’s (75 to 79 years) 24.4%.

                     

                    In 76.5% of those with T2DM, research found risk factors were present, with high body mass index (BMI) being the primary risk factor for T2DM worldwide. Other risk factors included dietary risks, environmental or occupational risks, tobacco use, low physical activity, and alcohol use.5

                     

                    According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) National Diabetes Statistics Report (2023), in the United States in 2019, 8.7% of the population had diagnosed diabetes. Its prevalence also varied by ethnicity6:

                    • Native Americans and Alaska Natives 14.5%
                    • Non-Hispanic blacks 12.1%
                    • Hispanics 11.8%
                    • Non-Hispanic Asians 9.5%
                    • Non-Hispanic whites 7.4%.

                     

                    People with less than a high school education were more likely to have diabetes (13.4%) than those with a high school education (9.2%) and those with more than a high school education (7.1%). Below the federal poverty level, the prevalence was 13.7% for men and 14.4% for women. The percentages vary depending on the affected individuals’ eating and exercise habits, age, ethnicity, culture, location, education level, and economic status.6

                     

                    Diagnosis

                    According to the American Diabetes Association (ADA) Professional Practice Committee Classification and Diagnosis of Diabetes, clinicians diagnose T2DM according to one of the following criteria7:

                    1. A fasting plasma glucose level of 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L) or higher
                    2. A 2-hour plasma glucose level of 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher during a 75-gram oral glucose tolerance test
                    3. A random plasma glucose of 200 mg/dL (11.1 mmol/L) or higher in a patient with classic symptoms of hyperglycemia or hyperglycemic crisis
                    4. A HbA1c level of 6.5% (48 mmol/mol) or higher.

                     

                    Glycemic Goals

                    Clinicians in all walks of practice use guidelines to monitor glycemic status in patients with diabetes. Assessing glycemic status at least two times annually in patients who have stable glycemic control is sufficient. Assessment of glycemic status involves one or more of the following8:

                    • Monitoring HbA1c status
                    • Employing a continuous glucose monitoring device with time in range monitoring
                    • Using a device containing a glucose management indicator.

                     

                    The ADA recommends quarterly HbA1c monitoring for those with less stable glycemic control.8,9 The HbA1c goal for most nonpregnant adults is 7% if the patient experiences no significant hypoglycemia. If the patient uses ambulatory glucose management, a target goal of 6.5% may be suitable. Less stringent HbA1c goals of up to 8% may be appropriate for patients with limited life expectancy or if treatment harm outweighs its benefits. When patients experience unexplained hypoglycemia, providing prompt hypoglycemia avoidance education or raising the glycemic targets are essential interventions, especially in patients with low cognition or declining cognition.9

                     

                    COMMON COMORBIDITIES

                    Frequently, patients with T2DM have comorbidities. A review study analyzed patients with T2DM at varying times from diagnosis to identify the dominant multimorbidity cluster types. The study found that three condition clusters appeared consistently10-13:

                     

                    1. Cardiometabolic precursor conditions are common at diagnosis of T2DM
                      • Disorders of lipid metabolism (hyperlipidemia)
                      • Obesity
                      • Hypertension

                     

                    1. Vascular conditions are usually associated with later stage T2DM
                      • Coronary artery disease (which can lead to heart failure)
                      • Chronic kidney disease
                      • Peripheral vascular disease (including peripheral arterial disease)
                      • Stroke (a manifestation of cerebrovascular disease)
                      • Atrial fibrillation

                     

                    1. Mental health conditions occur regardless of diabetes duration
                      • Depression (the second most common condition in females after hypertension)
                      • Severe mental illness

                     

                    DIABETES SELF-MANAGEMENT EDUCATION AND SUPPORT

                    Diabetes Self-Management Education and Support (DSMES) is an essential component of diabetes treatment. Support from the healthcare professional team augments patients’ necessary knowledge and skills. The four critical times to evaluate the need for DSMES are14:

                    • at diagnosis
                    • annually and/or when not meeting treatment targets
                    • when compelling factors develop
                    • when transitions in life or care occur.

                     

                    Collaboration between patients and the healthcare team provides patient-centered DSMES. Thorough DSMES includes counselling on nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues. Digital coaching and self-management interventions can be the means to deliver education and support.14

                     

                    Diabetes self-management training (DSMT) is the reimbursable component of DSMES. A health care professional who is a certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist (CDCES) —generally a dietitian, nurse or pharmacist— administers the DSMT. DSMT covers blood glucose monitoring, physical activity, healthy eating, medication, coping, problem solving.15

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: What lifestyle behaviors are fueling the diabetes epidemic?

                     

                    Nutritional Therapy

                    Compelling evidence supports nutrition therapy’s efficacy and cost-effectiveness as a component of the medical management of T2DM.16 According to the CDC, a registered dietitian or nutritional professional provides medical nutrition therapy (MNT). MNT focuses solely on diet. Education should encompass in-depth, individualized nutritional assessment and follow-up with repeated reinforcement to aid with behavior change.17 MNT encourages a diet rich in non-starchy vegetables, whole foods, and limited added sugars and refined grains. Increasing dietary fiber intake is beneficial, as diets high in fiber may lower HbA1c moderately. Minimizing carbohydrate intake improves glycemia. Diets higher in unsaturated fats than carbohydrates improve glycemia, triglycerides, HDL-C, and LDL-C in patients with cardiovascular disease and kidney disease.16

                     

                    Caloric goals with an overall energy deficit (calories in are less than calories expected) promoting 5% weight loss have shown clinical benefit in reducing HbA1C. The goal for optimal outcomes in T2DM is to reduce body weight by 15%.16 Dietary intervention can lead to disease remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels below 6.5% for three months. Those diagnosed with type 2 diabetes for four years or fewer are more likely to achieve remission through diet. However, interventions accompanied by other lifestyle changes can be more effective than diet alone.18

                     

                    Physical Activity

                    The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends adults engage in at least 150 to 300 minutes of moderate-intensity or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous-intensity physical activity, or a combination of both, per week. Additionally, the WHO recommends reducing sedentary behaviors across all age groups and abilities.19

                     

                    According to the CDC, moderate-intensity physical activity includes brisk walking, light yard work, light snow shoveling, biking, or playing with children. Ideally, patients’ heart rates will be 64% to 76% of their maximum. (To calculate actual beats per minute, patients subtract their age from 220, then multiply by 0.64 for the lower limit and by 0.76 for the upper limit.) Vigorous-intensity (high-intensity) exercise is jogging, swimming, rollerblading, cross country skiing, competitive sports, or jumping rope. Ideally, patients’ heart rate will be 77% to 93% of their maximum heart rate. (Calculation of the beats per minute is the same as above using 0.77 and 0.93 as the multipliers.)20

                     

                    Physical exercise has a positive effect on glycemic control. One study compared baseline glycemic levels with those measured after 30 minutes of moderate exercise before breakfast for three consecutive days. The study found that blood glucose levels were less variable throughout the day after morning exercise.21 In patients with impaired fasting glucose, progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.22 High intensity exercise improves HbA1c more than moderate- or mild-intensity exercise.23

                     

                    Researchers conducted an 8-year study of 30 patients with T2DM in which participants engaged in three 90-minute sessions of aerobic exercise per week. The exercise program included a 15-minute warm up and cool down period. During the aerobic period, participants’ exercise intensity gradual increased from 50% to 80% maximum heart rate. Study participants had significantly reduced HbA1c and BMI. Participants also had significantly improved oxygen utilization. The researchers reported a HbA1c significant decrease of 1.39% among the experiment group.24

                     

                    Physical activity may be the most underutilized tool in T2DM management. Physical activity improves cardiorespiratory fitness, reduces insulin resistance and insulin levels, improves lipid profiles, reduces visceral adipose tissue, and lowers blood pressure, decreasing cardiovascular risk.25 Due to exercise’s overwhelming benefit, developing a structured exercise plan for patients diagnosed with T2DM is a key responsibility for healthcare teams. Ideally, the healthcare care team would include an exercise physiologist.25

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: What self-care behaviors contribute to effective T2DM self-management?

                     

                    Psychosocial Support

                    Up to 19% of patients with diabetes experience mental health symptoms. Depression is common, especially in women. Early detection and treatment of mental health comorbidities can reduce their impact on health outcomes. Mortality risk is higher in patients with mental health comorbidities, especially in those with substance use disorder and schizophrenia. Mental health comorbidities also increase the likelihood of all-cause hospitalization.26

                     

                    Experts agree that collaborative patient-centered approaches to psychosocial care are best; such approaches include assessing patients for depression, anxiety, disordered eating, and cognitive capacities. Psychosocial screening and follow-up may include attitudes about diabetes, expectations for medical management, and outcomes.8

                     

                    The Association of Diabetes Care and Education Specialists has identified seven self-care behaviors that contribute to effective self-management of diabetes and related conditions through improved behavior27:

                    • being active
                    • healthy coping
                    • healthy eating
                    • monitoring
                    • problem solving
                    • reducing risk
                    • taking medication

                     

                    Well-educated patients can contribute to their diabetes management with self-care behaviors. Monitoring health metrics like blood glucose, blood pressure, physical activity, diet, weight, medication adherence, mood, and sleep empower diabetes patients and improve outcomes.27 Higher medication adherence, as would be expected, is associated with improved glycemic control, fewer emergency department visits, decreased hospitalizations, and lower medical costs.28 Patients sharing data with the healthcare team can fuel discussion to find solutions, reduce risk, and improve personalized therapy plans.27

                     

                    PHARMACOLOGIC THERAPY

                    First line therapy for T2DM depends on comorbidities, patient-centered treatment factors, and management needs. It frequently includes metformin and comprehensive lifestyle modification. If the patient has atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease (ASCVD), heart failure (HF), and/or chronic kidney disease (CKD) then appropriate initial medical therapy may include glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists and sodium-glucose cotransporter 2 (SGLT-2) inhibitors with or without metformin. Prescribers may continue metformin upon initiation of insulin therapy for ongoing glycemic and metabolic benefits.8

                     

                    Metformin

                    Apothecaries have used metformin medicinally for centuries. It is a guanidine derivative found in Galega officinalis, a plant called goat’s rue. Metformin was isolated and introduced in Europe in the 1950s and the United States in the 1990s.29 Metformin decreases hepatic glucose production, decreases intestinal glucose absorption, and improves insulin sensitivity by increasing peripheral glucose uptake and utilization. Metformin does not cause hypoglycemia and patients generally tolerate it well. The most common adverse effect is diarrhea, resulting in 6% of patients discontinuing therapy. Other common adverse effects include nausea/vomiting, flatulence, asthenia, indigestion, and abdominal discomfort. Precautions include the potential for lactic acidosis, especially in patients with the following risk factors30:

                    • Renal impairment
                    • Hepatic impairment
                    • Heart failure
                    • Hypoxic states
                    • Excessive alcohol intake
                    • Radioactive dye studies
                    • Restricted food and fluid intake

                     

                    Metformin may interfere with vitamin B12 absorption. Approximately 7% of patients become deficient. Supplementation with vitamin B12 is appropriate if deficits develop.30

                     

                    Metformin can reduce HbA1c by 1.8% and lower the amount of insulin required to achieve glycemic targets by 19%.31 Initial dosing is 500 mg twice daily, or 850 mg daily, increasing as tolerated by 500 mg weekly to a maintenance dose of 1000 mg twice daily in patients with normal renal function. The maximum recommended dose is 2,550 mg per day. Monitoring fasting plasma glucose during initiation and dose titration aids in determining therapeutic response. Maintenance measurement of HbA1c levels should occur every three months.30 Renal function is an important factor in metformin use. The recommended eGFR threshold for initiation of metformin is 45 mL/min. If, during therapy, the eGFR falls below 45 mL/min, the team need to assess the benefit of continued therapy. Use is contraindicated in patients with an eGFR below 30 mL/min.30

                     

                    INSULIN THERAPY

                    ADA Standards of Care recommend early introduction of insulin if clinicians see evidence of ongoing weight loss, symptoms of hyperglycemia, HbA1c levels exceeding 10%, or blood glucose levels of 300 mg/dL or higher. The potential for over-basalization (titration of basal insulin beyond an appropriate dose in an attempt to achieve glycemic targets) exists with insulin therapy. Signs of over-basalization may include a basal dose exceeding 0.5 units/kg/day, high bedtime-morning or post-prandial glucose differential, hypoglycemia, and high glycemic variability.8

                     

                    When caring for hospitalized patients with diabetes, basal insulin or a basal plus bolus correction insulin is the preferred treatment for noncritically ill patients with poor oral intake. The standards prefer an insulin regimen with basal, prandial, and correctional components in patients with good nutritional intake. In many hospital settings, the basal and prandial doses are weight-based, and a correctional scale is added to scheduled mealtime doses to correct for pre-meal hyperglycemia.

                     

                    It’s critical to initiate insulin therapy for persistent hyperglycemia at a threshold of 180 mg/dL or more, confirmed on two occasions. After initiating insulin, the current Standards of Care recommend a target glucose range of 140 to 180 mg/dL for most patients. More stringent goals, such as 110 to 140 mg/dL, may be appropriate for select patients if they do not exhibit significant hypoglycemia. The ADA defines hyperglycemia as blood glucose levels over 140 mg/dL in the hospital, and hypoglycemia as blood glucose below 70 mg/dL. Monitoring glucose every four to six hours or every two hours for an insulin infusion is best. Each hospital or hospital system should implement hypoglycemic management protocols.8

                     

                    TREATMENT RECOMMENDATIONS IN COMMON COMORBIDITIES

                    Obesity

                    High BMI is the primary risk factor for T2DM.5 Diabetes was the second leading cause of BMI-related deaths in 2015 globally.32 The DIRECT trial showed a T2DM remission rate of 36% after 24 months in patients receiving structured support for initial weight loss and weight loss maintenance.33 The 2022 ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes categorize obesity treatment options based on BMI8:

                    • Nonpharmacologic strategies may be sufficient for those with BMI 25 to 26.9
                    • Providers should consider adding pharmacotherapy for those with a BMI of 27 to 29.9
                    • For those with a BMI exceeding 30 (or for Asian Americans with BMI 27.5 and over), patients and their treatment teams might consider metabolic surgery

                     

                    The Standards of Care in Diabetes stress a minimum of 5% weight loss for most people with T2DM. It is important to include counseling with two to three monthly sessions focusing on dietary changes, physical activity, and behavioral strategies to achieve a 500 to 750 kcal/day energy deficit. Person-centered, nonjudgmental language, specifically “person with obesity” rather than “obese person,” fosters collaboration between patients and providers. Consideration of the medication’s effect on weight gain is important.8 Metformin, SGLT-2 inhibitors, GLP-1 receptor agonists, alpha-glucosidase inhibitors, and amylin mimetics promote weight loss.34

                     

                    As of November 2023, three FDA-approved obesity medications also have FDA approval for treating T2DM. These are the GLP-1 agonists liraglutide, semaglutide, and tirzepatide.35,36 Dosages are as follows37-39:

                    • Liraglutide (Saxenda) has an initial dose of 0.6 mg/day with a maintenance dose of 3 mg/day
                    • Semaglutide (Wegovy) has an initial dose of 0.25 mg/week with a maintenance dose of 2.4 mg/week
                    • Tirzepatide (Zepbound) has an initial dose of 2.5 mg/week with a maintenance dose of 5 to 15 mg/week

                     

                    The FDA has approved these medications for weight loss in patients with a BMI of 30 or above or BMI of 27 or above with a comorbidity including hypertension, T2DM, or dyslipidemia.37-39 These drugs lower glucose by stimulating insulin secretion from pancreatic islets in response to oral glucose load, like the natural hormone incretin. They delay gastric emptying, suppress appetite, increase satiety, decrease inappropriate glucagon secretion, and promote beta cell proliferation.40,41

                     

                    Clinical data for the GLP-1 medications in weight loss is impressive. The SCALE trial has shown that the absolute weight loss with liraglutide 3 mg daily in patients with T2DM is 5.6 kg (12.3 lbs) over 56 weeks.42 The absolute weight loss associated with semaglutide 2.4 mg weekly in obese patients or overweight patients with at least one risk factor is 12.7 kg (28 lbs) over 68 weeks.43 Diabetic patients treated with tirzepatide 5, 10 or 15 mg weekly for 72 weeks lost an average of 12% body weight compared to placebo.39 These medications contain warnings and precautions for thyroid C-cell tumors, acute pancreatitis, acute gallbladder disease, hypoglycemia with some T2DM medications, kidney injury, hypersensitivity reactions, and suicidal ideation.37-39 The labeling for semaglutide and tirzepatide carries a precaution for diabetic retinopathy.38,39 A precaution for heart rate increase is included in the labeling for liraglutide and semaglutide.37,38 Most patients find these drugs have overwhelming benefits with primarily gastrointestinal adverse effects.36-38

                     

                    Providers may consider metabolic surgery for T2DM treatment in adults with a BMI of 30 and over (or for Asian Americans with a BMI of 27.5 and greater). Metabolic surgery refers to surgical organ modification; bariatric surgery, for example, is metabolic surgery for treatment of obesity (commonly known as a gastric bypass). A high-volume surgical center with experienced multidisciplinary teams knowledgeable about obesity management, diabetes, and gastrointestinal surgery is the best choice. Access to long-term medical, nutritional, and behavioral support after the procedure optimizes recovery. Patients may benefit from continuous glucose monitoring as an important adjunct, especially for those with episodes of hypoglycemia. After surgery, the clinical team should provide patient support, including mental health services.44

                     

                    Bariatric surgery is an effective treatment option in T2DM patients with obesity. In a recent study, after a median follow-up of 19 months post-surgery, 68 of 105 obese patients achieved diabetes remission. Study participants had a median BMI of 42.4 and a diagnosis of T2DM before the procedure. Patients taking multiple glucose-lowering medications or dependent on insulin or SGLT2 inhibitors were less likely to undergo complete remission. A longer duration of T2DM pre-operatively was a negative predictor of remission.45

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: Which classes of diabetes medications are best for patients with ASCVD?

                     

                    Cardiovascular Disease

                    All diabetic patients require yearly assessment of HF and ASCVD (coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, or peripheral arterial disease). Hypertension, dyslipidemia, and diabetes are risk factors for ASCVD. Controlling cardiovascular risk factors can prevent or slow ASCVD in people with diabetes.46

                     

                    Prescribers should consider the presence of coronary artery disease in patients exhibiting atypical cardiac symptoms, signs of vascular disease, or electrocardiogram abnormalities. Atypical cardiac symptoms include unexplained dyspnea or chest discomfort. Carotid artery stenosis, transient ischemic attack, stroke, and peripheral arterial disease are indicators of ASCVD.46

                     

                    In T2DM patients with established ASCVD or kidney disease, current ADA Standards of Medical Care suggest an SGLT-2 inhibitor or GLP-1 receptor agonist with demonstrated cardiovascular disease benefit (see Table 1 and Table 2). A quick review of FDA indications and landmark trials ensures the correct medication and dose have been chosen as newer agents continue to emerge with indications that may encompass weight loss and treatment of T2DM. To reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular and kidney events, patients with T2DM and established ASCVD may benefit from combined therapy with an SGLT-2 inhibitor and a GLP-1 receptor agonist with demonstrated cardiovascular benefit.46

                     

                    Table 1. Landmark Trials for SGLT-2 Inhibitors Evaluating T2DM with Cardiovascular Disease47-50

                    Trial Drug Outcome
                    EMPA-REG OUTCOME

                     

                    Empagliflozin 10-25 mg daily Reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events; Reduction in hospitalization for heart failure
                    CANVAS

                     

                    Canagliflozin 300 mg daily goal Reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events; Reduced hospitalization for heart failure and cardiovascular death
                    DECLARE-TIMI 58

                     

                    Dapagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduction in heart failure-related death and hospitalization; Reduction in renal events

                     

                    The SGLT-2 inhibitors’ primary mechanism of action is reduction of renal tubular glucose reabsorption at the proximal tubule resulting in glucosuria.51 The SGLT-2 inhibitors’ glucose-lowering efficacy decreases with increasing renal impairment.52 Most patients tolerate these medications well, with mild adverse effects. The proposed cardiovascular benefits include improved, blood pressure reduction, inflammation reduction, diuresis, inhibition of nervous system, and prevention of cardiac remodeling (physical changes to heart).47 Their adverse effects include genitourinary infections, intravascular volume depletion, increased risk of diabetic ketoacidosis, and potentially an increased risk of lower limb amputations.52 Prescribers need to hold SGLT-2 inhibitors during acute illness (hospitalization), when fluid intake is inadequate, or if acute kidney injury occurs.47

                     

                    Pancreatic hormones and incretin hormones regulate glycemic homeostasis. GLP-1 is an incretin hormone that increases pancreatic insulin release and decreases glucagon release.41 The GLP-1 receptors are located in the renal proximal convoluted tubular cells and preglomerular vascular smooth muscle cells in the kidneys.53 The GLP-1 receptor agonists lower HbA1c, weight, and blood pressure.54

                     

                    GLP-1 receptor agonists promote natriuresis (increased sodium in the urine), lowering blood pressure.55 GLP-1 receptor agonists also reduce reactive oxygen production, thereby reducing platelet activation, macrophages, and monocytes in the vascular wall. Stabilization of the endothelial cells occurs with less plaque hemorrhage and rupture.56 Overall, GLP-1 enhancement results in a slower progression of atherosclerosis.57

                     

                    Table 2. Landmark Trials for GLP-1 Agonists: Evaluating T2DM with Cardiovascular Disease57-60

                    Trial Drug Outcome
                    REWIND

                     

                    Dulaglutide 1.5 mg once a week Reductions in major adverse cardiovascular events
                    SUSTAIN-6

                     

                    Semaglutide 0.5 or 1 mg once a week Relative risk reduction in major adverse cardiovascular events
                    LEADER

                     

                    Liraglutide 1.8 mg (or max dose tolerated) daily Relative risk reduction in major adverse cardiac events and cardiovascular death

                     

                    In T2DM patients with a history of ASCVD, aspirin 75 mg to 162 mg daily is a secondary prevention strategy. In patients with documented aspirin allergies, clopidogrel 75 mg daily is an alternative. Patients with stable coronary and or peripheral artery disease and a low bleeding risk should take dual antiplatelet therapy for at least one year following acute coronary syndrome. Aspirin and low dose rivaroxaban can prevent major adverse limb and cardiovascular events.61

                     

                    Hypertension

                    Hypertension exacerbates cardiovascular disease, which is the major cause of morbidity and mortality in diabetes.62 In 2023, the ADA updated the hypertension criteria. According to the 2023 Standards of Care in Diabetes recommendations, patients are hypertensive if they exhibit a sustained blood pressure of 130/80 mm Hg or more, or a single level of 180/110 or more. The target goal is 130/80 mm Hg or less. Blood pressure targets below 120/80 mmHg are associated with hypotensive adverse events (such as falls). Patients with diabetes who are hypertensive should monitor their blood pressure at home. Patients with blood pressures exceeding 120/80 should implement lifestyle interventions including diet changes and weight loss, reduced sodium and increased potassium intake, moderation of alcohol, and increased physical activity.61 Treatment of hypertension reduces cardiovascular events and microvascular complications.63,64

                     

                    In patients with persistently elevated blood pressure, pharmacologic therapy in addition to lifestyle modifications improves outcomes. First-line pharmacologic therapy includes use of an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACEi), or an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB). Clinical trials assessing these drugs demonstrate a reduction of cardiovascular events in T2DM patients with coronary artery disease. Prescribers should maximize doses for patients with a urine-to-creatinine ratio greater than 30 mg/g creatinine, as this is a sign of kidney damage. If the patient does not tolerate one drug class, the prescriber may switch to the other; however, the prescriber should not use them together. Annual monitoring of glomerular filtration rate (GFR) and serum potassium are needed.61

                     

                    Prescribers should start their patients on two medications if they have a confirmed office blood pressure of 160/100 mm Hg or more.61 Common therapies include thiazide-like diuretics and dihydropyridine calcium channel blocker.65 Patients on triple antihypertensive therapy including a diuretic with unmet blood pressure goals may require a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, such as spironolactone.66 Adding a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist may increase the risk of hyperkalemia. Regular monitoring of serum creatinine and potassium is prudent.46

                     

                    In the absence of albuminuria, ACEi and ARBs may not provide superior cardio-protection over thiazide-like diuretics or dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers.67 Patients who have had a prior myocardial infarction, active angina, or HF with reduced ejection fraction (HFrEF) should be treated with a beta blocker. However, beta blockers do not reduce mortality when used as antihypertensives in the absence of these conditions.54,68

                     

                    Hyperlipidemia

                    Reduction of lipids and cholesterol is important because hyperlipidemia is a risk factor and common comorbidity for T2DM. Lifestyle modification focusing on weight loss is the first step of lipid management. Trained nutritionists can educate patients to eat a diet low in saturated fat and trans-fat. The goal is a diet that increases dietary n-3 fatty acids, viscous fiber, and plant stanols/sterols. Physical activity also helps improve lipid profiles. The importance of lifestyle therapy and glycemic optimization for triglycerides of 150 mg/dL or greater, and/or HDL equal to or less than 40 mg/dL for men and 50 mg/dL for women, cannot be understated. Lipid profiles at the time of diabetes diagnosis, at initiation of statin therapy or dose change, and annually thereafter are useful to monitor disease progression.61

                     

                    Statin therapy has documented beneficial outcomes in patients with ASCVD.69,70 The intensity of dosing is outlined below (see Table 3) 61:

                    • Patients with diabetes aged 40 to 75 without ASCVD should begin moderate-intensity statin therapy in addition to lifestyle therapy.
                    • Patients with diabetes aged 40 to 75 years and multiple ASCVD risk factors should take high intensity statin therapy to reduce LDL cholesterol by at least 50% of baseline for an LDL target of less than 70 mg/dL.
                    • Patients with diabetes and ASCVD should take high-intensity statin therapy. Prescribers may add ezetimibe or a proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitor, such as alirocumab or evolocumab, to achieve a goal of LDL below 55 mg/dL and an LDL reduction of 50% or more.

                     

                    Table 3. Once daily: High-intensity and Moderate-intensity Statin Therapy61

                    Moderate-intensity statin therapy High-intensity statin therapy
                    Atorvastatin 10–20 mg Atorvastatin 40–80 mg
                    Rosuvastatin 5–10 mg Rosuvastatin 20–40 mg
                    Simvastatin 20–40 mg
                    Pravastatin 40–80 mg
                    Lovastatin 40 mg
                    Fluvastatin (extended release) 80 mg
                    Pitavastatin 1–4 mg

                     

                    Heart Failure

                    HF is a major cause of morbidity and mortality from cardiovascular disease. Recent studies indicate that people with diabetes have twice the risk of hospitalization due to HF compared to those without, after adjusting for age and sex.71,72 Patients with established T2DM have a 33% greater risk of hospitalization for HF.71

                     

                    HF is staged as A to D. Stage A HF indicates risk for developing HF. All patients with established diabetes are in the stage A category and at heightened risk for progression to later stages of HF. Stage B HF is asymptomatic with structural heart disease, abnormal cardiac function, or elevated cardiac biomarkers. Prescribers should monitor biomarkers, natriuretic peptide (BNP), or high sensitivity cardiac troponin yearly to detect subclinical HF in individuals with diabetes. Monitoring helps identify those in stage A or B HF who are at the highest risk of progressing to symptomatic HF. Useful cutoff values for these indicators are a BNP of 50 pg/mL and a NT-proBNP of 125 pg/mL.73

                     

                    Individuals considered to be at stages C and D have had or are experiencing symptomatic HF. Common symptoms are exertional dyspnea (shortness of breath), fatigue and edema that reflect fluid retention, congestion, and low cardiac output. Laboratory evaluations for patients with HF include natriuretic peptide, complete blood count, urinalysis, serum electrolytes, blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, glucose, fasting lipid profile, liver function, and thyroid stimulating hormone. Additionally, prescribers should order a chest x-ray and 12 lead electrocardiogram.73

                     

                    In stage A or B HF patients with diabetes and hypertension, medical therapy includes an ACEi or ARB. Clinical trials have found that treatment with a thiazide-type diuretic or an ACEi is more effective than treatment with a calcium channel blocker in preventing progression to symptomatic HF. Patients with diabetes and diabetic kidney disease (DKD) without symptomatic HF may benefit from finerenone, a nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist.73

                     

                    Standards of Care recommendations for those with HFrEF and diabetes include an angiotensin receptor/neprilysin inhibitor (ARNI) or ACEi or ARB, beta blockers, mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, and SGLT-2 inhibitor. In individuals with diabetes and HFrEF, including an ARNI (sacubitril/valsartan) instead of ACEi or ARBs is prudent. It is reasonable to consider treatment with spironolactone among individuals with heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (HFpEF) as well. Clinical trials have shown that treatment with an SGLT-2 inhibitor reduces HF hospitalizations.72 Individuals with high cardiovascular risk, including those with stage B HF and those with symptomatic HF, should take an SGLT-2 inhibitor. Prescribers may consider statins based on age and background risk factors. Treatment for patients requiring additional glycemic control may include a GLP-1 agonist, metformin, or both, or insulin. Current Standards of Care do not recommend the use of dipeptidyl peptidase-4 (DPP) inhibitors or thiazolidinediones in T2DM patients with stage B, C or D HF.73

                     

                    In addition to drug therapy, participation in cardiac rehabilitation is associated with improved patient outcomes. Cardiac rehabilitation involves exercise training, education, and emotional support. Key counseling points for patient with diabetes and HF are to minimize alcohol intake and avoid smoking. Weight loss improves cardiometabolic risk factors. Metabolic surgery can improve risk factors for HF in obese patients.73

                     

                    Chronic Kidney Disease

                    Diabetes is the leading cause of kidney disease in the developed world.74 The presence of CKD markedly increases cardiovascular risk and health care costs.75 Practitioners diagnose CKD primarily by sustained elevation of urinary albumin excretion and low estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR).76

                     

                    Recommendations include yearly assessment of eGFR and urinary albumin in all T2DM patients. In patients with established DKD, monitoring up to four times yearly may be necessary.76 Consistent eGFR values less than 60 mL/min, in conjunction with a urinary albumin value over 30 mg/g creatinine defines an abnormal eGFR.77 The definition of stage 1 and 2 CKD is high albuminuria with eGFR 60 mL/min or above. CKD stages 3-5 have progressively lower eGFR ranges.78 At any eGFR, the degree of albuminuria is associated with risk of cardiovascular disease, CVD progression, and mortality.75

                     

                    Current ADA Standards of Care emphasize optimization of blood pressure and blood glucose to reduce the risk of and slow CKD progression.76 ACEi or ARBs are the preferred first-line agents for blood pressure treatment in T2DM patients with hypertension and decreased eGFR.79,80 The healthcare team needs to continue renin-angiotensin system blockade for increases in serum creatinine of 30% or less in the absence of volume depletion. In addition, it needs to monitor serum potassium levels when patients take ACE inhibitors, ARBs, or diuretics.76

                     

                    Recent trials show SGLT-2 inhibitor therapy reduces CKD progression and cardiovascular events in patients with CKD, T2DM, and an eGFR of 20 mL/min/1.73m2 or greater.76 SGLT-2 inhibitors reduce renal tubular glucose reabsorption, weight, systemic blood pressure, intraglomerular pressure, albuminuria, and slow GFR loss through mechanisms that are independent of glycemia.81 To minimize cardiovascular events, addition of a glucagon-like peptide 1 agonist may help, or a nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist (nsMRA) if eGFR is 20 mL/min/1.73m2. For patients with urinary albumin of 300 mg/g or greater, reduction of at least 30% slows CKD progression.76 Suggested daily protein intake in CKD stage 3 (non-dialysis) patients is 0.8 g/kg body weight per day. Higher levels of protein have been associated with increased albuminuria and more rapid kidney function loss.82 If the eGFR falls below 30, a nephrologist referral is needed.76

                     

                    Tables 4 and 5 list recent trials that support current ADA Standards of Care regarding treatment of diabetes in the presence of CKD.76 In the CREDENCE trial, canagliflozin therapy reduced the development of ESRD by 32% in patients with CKD.83 The DAPA-CKD trial studied dapagliflozin in CKD. Two thirds of the patients had a diabetes comorbidity. There was significant benefit for a decline in eGFR, ESRD or death from cardiovascular or renal causes.84 The FIDELIO-DKD trial studied the nonsteroidal mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist, finerenone. The trial identified a significant reduction in DKD progression and cardiovascular events in people with advanced kidney disease. Participants took finerenone 10 to 20 mg daily. Evaluation after a mean of 3.4 years demonstrated a 23% reduction in the composite kidney outcome consisting of sustained decrease in eGFR of at least 57%.85

                     

                    Table 4. Landmark Trials for SGLT-2 inhibitors in renal disease47,83,84,86

                    Trial Drug Outcome
                    CREDENCE

                     

                    Canagliflozin 100 mg daily Cardiovascular and renal protection
                    DAPA-CKD

                     

                    Dapagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduction of eGFR decline; Reduction of ESRD; Reduction of renal mortality
                    EMPA-KIDNEY

                     

                    Empagliflozin 10 mg daily Reduced progression of kidney disease; Reduced cardiovascular death

                     

                    Table 5. Landmark Trials for GLP-1 Receptor Agonists in T2DM and Renal Disease57,58,87,88

                    Trial Drug Outcome
                    AWARD-7

                     

                    Dulaglutide 0.75 -1.5 mg once a week Slower decline in eGFR. No change in urine albumin-creatine ratio
                    LEADER

                     

                    Liraglutide 1.8 mg (or max dose tolerated) daily Reduced the development and progression of diabetic kidney disease
                    REWIND (analysis) Dulaglutide 1.5 mg once a week Relative risk reduction in composite renal outcome

                     

                     

                    CONCLUSION

                    T2DM is indeed a growing epidemic fueled by an unhealthy diet and a sedentary lifestyle.1 A prescription is only a partial answer to a multifactorial problem. This is why the ADA Standards of Care for diabetes incorporate a multidisciplinary approach focusing on individuals, their current disease states, and preventive measures for disease progression. Recommendations emphasize the importance of self-management, education, and support. Nutritional therapy, physical activity, and psychological support are key elements. Effective weight management is a powerful tool for managing or even reversing T2DM. Current therapy recommendations also incorporate the use of cardiovascular protective medications with demonstrated efficacy for ASCVD.8

                     

                    Due to the high prevalence of comorbid conditions associated with T2DM, it is fortunate that the SGLT-2 inhibitors and GLP-1 receptor agonists are a resource for patients with T2DM comorbidities. These agents improve cardiovascular function and are compatible with guideline-based preventive recommendations for blood pressure, lipids, glycemia, and antiplatelet therapy.51,89 Diabetes treatment has entered a new era of understanding. The overwhelming data favors addressing the whole patient including lifestyle, education, weight loss options, and cardiovascular related comorbidities. The new ADA Standards of Medical Care provide clinicians with the knowledge and tools to treat the growing diabetic epidemic.

                    Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                    Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

                    Post-test Questions for Pharmacists

                    Learning Objectives (pharmacists)
                    ● Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                    ● Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                    ● Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                    ● List treatment recommendations for diabetes type 2 in the setting of common comorbidities

                    1. Which of the following is TRUE about the incidence of the global diabetes epidemic?
                    a. The incidence has quadrupled in the past three decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 11 adults affected worldwide
                    b. The incidence has doubled in the past four decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 15 adults affected worldwide
                    c. The incidence has tripled in the past decade with a current estimate of about 1 in 8 adults affected worldwide

                    2. Which group of people is LEAST LIKELY to be diagnosed with diabetes in the US?
                    a. Those below the federal poverty level
                    b. Native Americans and Alaska natives
                    c. Non-Hispanic whites with college degrees

                    3. According to ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, pharmacologic therapy options for patients with HFrEF and diabetes may include all of the following drug classes EXCEPT?
                    a. ARNI
                    b. SGLT2 inhibitor
                    c. DPP-4 inhibitors

                    4. What is the focus of DSMES?
                    a. Nutrition, relaxation, and psychosocial issues
                    b. Nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues
                    c. Physical therapy, psychotherapy, and natural dietary supplements

                    5. Which of the following statements about diet is TRUE?
                    a. Diet as a primary intervention for T2DM can achieve remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels under 6.5% for 3 months
                    b. Diets low in fats and higher in carbohydrates are recommended for those with T2DM due to the risk of cardiovascular disease
                    c. Sustaining calorie intake and monitoring blood glucose levels is often the best course of action for those recently diagnosed with T2DM

                    6. Which statement is true regarding physical activity and diabetes?
                    a. The World Health Organization guidelines state that those with diabetes should exercise less than 75 minutes per week.
                    b. Aerobic exercise before breakfast increases blood glucose levels.
                    c. In patients with impaired fasting glucose progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.

                    7. Which of the following self-care behaviors is an effective self-management tool for diabetes?

                    a. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and problem solving
                    b. Healthy coping, healthy eating, resting, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and spending time with family
                    c. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and allowing your doctor to decide the best way for you to manage your diabetes independently

                    8. Which statement best defines the current ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes recommendations?
                    a. All diabetic patients should follow a step-up drug therapy algorithm developed by the American Diabetes Association to meet glycemic targets.
                    b. Regardless of comorbidities, initial treatment of T2DM should include hypoglycemic agents such as sulfonylureas supplemented by insulin, if needed, to achieve a HgA1c of 7% or lower
                    c. First line therapy for T2DM depends on comorbidities, patient centered treatment factors and management needs.

                    9. Under what circumstances should initial treatment include insulin?
                    a. If there is ongoing weight loss, symptomatic hyperglycemia, A1C levels over 10%
                    b. If there is fluid overload, symptomatic hypoglycemia or A1C levels over 8%
                    c. If the patient has chronic kidney disease, heart failure or chronic obesity

                    10. For a patient with diabetes whose eGFR > 20, which comorbidity would benefit most from a medication regimen containing an ACEi, SGLT2 inhibitor, and a GLP-1 agonist or a nsMRA?

                    a. Chronic kidney disease
                    b. Hypertension
                    c. Hyperlipidemia

                    Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                    Management of Adults with Type 2 Diabetes: A Patient-Focused Approach

                    Post-test Questions for Pharmacy Technicians

                    Learning Objectives (technicians)
                    ● Describe type 2 diabetes diagnostic criteria and glycemic targets
                    ● Identify the components of diabetes self-management education and support
                    ● Recognize the importance of an individualized treatment program
                    ● List common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes

                    1. Which of the following is TRUE about the incidence of the global diabetes epidemic?
                    a. The incidence has quadrupled in the past three decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 11 adults affected worldwide
                    b. The incidence has doubled in the past four decades with a current estimate of about 1 in 15 adults affected worldwide
                    c. The incidence has tripled in the past decade with a current estimate of about 1 in 8 adults affected worldwide

                    2. Which group of people is LEAST LIKELY to be diagnosed with diabetes in the US?
                    a. Those below the federal poverty level
                    b. Native Americans and Alaska natives
                    c. Non-Hispanic whites with college degrees

                    3. Which laboratory data would lead to a positive diagnosis of diabetes?
                    a. A hemoglobin A1c level of 6.0%
                    b. A 2-hour plasma glucose level of 200 mg/dL or higher during a 75 gram oral glucose tolerance test
                    c. A fasting plasma glucose level of 120 or higher

                    4. What is the focus of DSMES?
                    a. Nutrition, relaxation, and psychosocial issues
                    b. Nutrition, physical activity, and psychosocial issues
                    c. Physical therapy, psychotherapy, and natural dietary supplements

                    5. Which of the following statements about diet is TRUE?
                    a. Diet as a primary intervention for T2DM can achieve remission, defined as sustained HbA1c levels under 6.5% for 3 months
                    b. Diets low in fats and higher in carbohydrates are recommended for those with T2DM due to the risk of cardiovascular disease
                    c. Sustaining calorie intake and monitoring blood glucose levels is often the best course of action for those recently diagnosed with T2DM

                    6. Which statement is true regarding physical activity and diabetes?
                    a. The World Health Organization guidelines state that those with diabetes should exercise less than 75 minutes per week.
                    b. Aerobic exercise before breakfast has increases blood glucose levels.
                    c. In patients with impaired fasting glucose progression to diabetes is slower in those who chose leisure time physical activity over sedentary tasks.

                    7. Which of the following self-care behaviors is an effective self-management tool for diabetes?

                    a. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and problem solving
                    b. Healthy coping, healthy eating, resting, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and spending time with family
                    c. Healthy coping, healthy eating, being active, taking medication, monitoring, reducing risk, and allowing your doctor to decide the best way for you to manage your diabetes independently

                    8. According to the new 2023 ADA Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes, patients are hypertensive if they exhibit a sustained blood pressure above which level?
                    a. 140/90 or more
                    b. 130/80 or more
                    c. 120/80 or more

                    9. Which of the following lists accurately describes the most common comorbidities in type 2 diabetes?

                    a. Cardiometabolic, vascular, and mental health conditions
                    b. Cardiometabolic, vascular, and dermatologic conditions
                    c. Cardiac, gastrointestinal, and mental health conditions

                    10. How much more is risk of heart failure hospitalization in people who have type 2 diabetes?

                    a. 33%
                    b. 50%
                    c. 77%

                    References

                    Full List of References

                    References

                       

                      1. Zheng Y, Ley SH, Hu FB. Global aetiology and epidemiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus and its complications. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2018;14(2):88-98. doi: 10.1038/nrendo.2017.151
                      2. Fang M, Wang D, Coresh J, Selvin E. Trends in Diabetes Treatment and Control in US Adults, 1998-2019. N Eng J Med 2021; 384(23):2219-2228 doi: 10.1056/NEJMsa2032271
                      3. Saeedi P, Petersohn I, Salpea P, et al. Global and regional diabetes prevalence and estimates for 2023 and 2045. Re-sults from the International Diabetes Atlas 9th Edition. Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2019;157:107843 doi: 10.1016/j.diabres.2019.107843
                      4. Provilus A, Abdallah M, Mcfarlans S. Weight gain associated with antidiabetic medication. Therapy 2011;8(2):113-120
                      5.Ong KL, Stafford LK, McLaughlin SA. Et al: GBD 2021 Diabetes Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of diabetes from 1990 to 2021, with projections of prevalence to 2050: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Dis-ease Study 2021. Lancet. 2023;402(10397):203-234. https//doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(23)01301-6
                      6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). National Diabetes Statistics Report website. Accessed October 14, 2023. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/data/statistics-report/index.html
                      7. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 2.Classification and Diagnosis of Diabe-tes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care 2022;45(Suppl 1):S17–S38. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-S002
                      8. American Diabetes Association. Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 Abridged for Primary Care Provid-ers. Clin Diabetes 2022;40(1):10–38. https://doi.org/10.2337/cd22-as01
                      9. American Diabetes Association. 6.Glycemic Targets: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2021. Diabetes Care 2021;44(Suppl 1):S73–S84 https://doi.org/10.2337/dc21-S006
                      10. Cicek M, Buckley J, Pearson-Stuttard J, et al. Characterizing Multimorbidity from Type 2 Diabetes. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am. 2021; 50(3): 531–558. doi: 10.1016/j.ecl.2021.05.012
                      11. Iglay K, Hannachi H, Howie JP. Prevalence and co-prevalence of comorbidities among patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. Curr Med Res Opin. 2016;32(7):1243–1252. doi: 10.1185/03007995.2016.1168291
                      12. Roger V. Epidemiology of heart failure: A Contemporary Perspective. Circ Res 2021;128(10):1421-1434 https://doi.org/10.1161/CIRCRESAHA.121.318172
                      13. Nowakowska M., Zghebi S.S., Ashcroft D.M. The comorbidity burden of type 2 diabetes mellitus: patterns, clusters and predictions from a large English primary care cohort. BMC Med. 2019;17(1):145. doi: 10.1186/s12916-019-1373-y
                      14. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 5. Facilitating Behavior Change and Well-being to Improve Health Outcomes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S60-S82. doi:10.2337/dc22-S005b
                      15. Davies J, Fischi A, Beck J, et al. National Standards for Diabetes Self Management and Support. Diabetes Care 2022; 45(2): 484-492 doi: 10.2337/dc21-2396
                      16. Evert AB, Dennison M, Gardner CD, et al. Nutrition Therapy for Adults with Diabetes or Prediabetes: A Consensus Report. Diabetes Care. 2019;42(5):731–754. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci19-0014
                      17. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Diabetes Self-Management Education and Support (DSMES) Toolkit: Medical Nutrition Therapy. https://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/dsmes-toolkit/reimbursement/medical-nutrition-therapy.html Accessed October 14, 2023
                      18. Rosenfeld RM, Kelly JH, Agarwal M, et al. Dietary Interventions to Treat Type 2 Diabetes in Adults with a Goal of Remission: An Expert Consensus Statement from the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. Am J Lifestyle Med. 2022;16(3):342-362. https//doi:10.1177/15598276221087624
                      19. Bull FC, Al-Ansari SS, Biddle S, et al. World Health Organization 2020 guidelines on physical activity and sedentary behavior. Br J of Sports Med. 2020;54(24):1451-1462. doi:10.1136/bisports-2020-102955
                      20. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Physical Activity. Measuring Physical Activity Intensity. https://www.cdc.gov/physicalactivity/basics/measuring/index.html Accessed March 1, 2024
                      21 Zheng X, Qi Y, Bi L, et al. Effects of Exercise on Blood Glucose and Glycemic Variability in Type 2 Diabetic Patients with Dawn Phenomenon. Biomed Res Int. 2020; 2020: 6408724. https//doi:10.1155/2020/6408724
                      22. Lao XQ, Deng HB, Liu X, et al. Increased leisure-time physical activity associated with lower onset of diabetes in 44 828 adults with impaired fasting glucose: a population-based prospective cohort study. Br J Sports Med. 2019 Jul;53(14):895-900. doi: 10.1136/bjsports-2017-098199
                      23. Liu Y, Ye W, Chen Q, et al. Resistance Exercise Intensity is Correlated with Attenuation of HbA1c and Insulin in Pa-tients with Type 2 Diabetes: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(1):140. doi: 10.3390/ijerph16010140.
                      24. Najafipour F, Mobasseri M, Yavari A, et al. Effect of regular exercise training on changes in HbA1c, BMI and VO2 max among patients with type 2 diabetes in an 8 year trial. BJM Open Diabetes Res Care 2017;5(1): e000414 doi: 10.1136/bmjdrc-2017-000414
                      25. Wake AD. Antidiabetic Effects of Physical Activity: How It Helps to Control Type 2 Diabetes. Diabetes Metab Syndr Obes. 2020;13: 2909–2923. https//doi:10.2147/DMSO.S262289
                      26. De Alba IGF, Gimeno-Miguel A, Poblador-Plou B, et al. Association between mental health comorbidity and health outcomes in type 2 diabetes mellitus patients. Sci Rep. 2020;10(1):19583. doi: 10.1038/s41598-020-76546-9
                      27. Kolb L, Association of Diabetes Care and Education Specialists. An Effective Model of Diabetes Care and Education: The ADCES7 Self-Care Behaviors.™ Diabetes Self Manag Care. 2021;47(1):30-53. doi: 10.1177/0145721720978154.
                      28.Capoccia K, Odegard PS, Letassy N. Medication Adherence with Diabetes Medication: A Systematic Review of the Literature. Diabetes Educ. 2016;42(1):34-71. doi: 10.1177/0145721715619038.
                      29. Bailey, CJ. Metformin: historical overview. Diabetologia 2017;60(9):1566-1576. doi: 10.1007/s00125-017-4318-z
                      30. Glucophage. Prescribing information. Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.; 2017. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2017/020357s037s039,021202s021s023lbl.pdf
                      31. Sivitz WI, Phillips LS, Wexler DJ, et al. Optimization of Metformin in the GRADE Cohort: Effect on Glycemia and Body Weight. Diabetes Care. 2020;43(5):940-947. doi: 10.2337/dc19-1769
                      32. Afshin A, Forouzanfar MH, Reitsma MB, et al. GBD (Global Burdon of Disease) 2015 Obesity Collaborators; Health Effects of Overweight and Obesity in 195 Countries over 25 Years. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(1):13-27. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1614362.
                      33. Lean MEJ, Wilma S Leslie WS, Barnes AC, et al. Durability of a primary care-led weight-management intervention for remission of type 2 diabetes: 2-year results of the DiRECT open-label, cluster-randomized trial. Lancet Diabetes En-docrinol. 2019;7(5):344-355. doi: 10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30068-3
                      34. Apovian CM, Okemah J, O’Neil PM. Body Weight Considerations in the Management of Type 2 Diabetes. Adv Ther. 2019;36(1):44-58. doi: 10.1007/s12325-018-0824-8
                      35. Chakhtoura M, Haber R, Ghezzawi M, et al. Pharmacotherapy of obesity: an update on the available medications and drugs under investigation. EClinicalMedicine. 2023;58:101882. doi: 10.1016/j.eclinm.2023.101882
                      36. FDA News Release. FDA Approves New Medication for Chronic Weight Management. November 8, 2023. Ac-cessed November 10, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-medication-chronic-weight-management
                      37. Saxenda. Prescribing information. Novo Nordisk 2023. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.novo-pi.com/saxenda.pdf
                      38. Wegovy. Prescribing information. Novo Nordisk 2021. Accessed September 15, 2023. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2021/215256s000lbl.pdf
                      39. Zepbound. Prescribing information. Eli Lilly 2023. Accessed November 12, 2023. https://uspl.lilly.com/zepbound/zepbound.html#pi
                      40. Latif W, Lambrinos KJ, Rodriguez R. Compare and Contrast the Glucagon-Like Peptide-1 Receptor Agonists (GLP1RAs) Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing;Last Update: March 27, 2023. Accessed Sept 20, 2023. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK572151/
                      41. Lee YS, Jun HS. Anti-diabetic actions of glucagon-like peptide-1 on pancreatic beta-cells. Metabolism. 2014;63(1):9-19. doi: 10.1016/j.metabol.2013.09.010
                      42. Pi-Sunyer X, Astrup A, Ken Fujioka, M.D., et al. A Randomized, Controlled Trial of 3.0 mg of Liraglutide in Weight Management. N Engl J Med. 2015; 373(1):11-22. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1411892
                      43. Wilding JP, Batterham RL, Calanna Sl, et al. Once Weekly Semaglutide in in Adults with Overweight or Obesity. N Engl J Med. 2021;384(1):989-1002. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2032183
                      44. America Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 8. Obesity and Weight Management for the Preven-tion and Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S113–S124. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc22-S008
                      45. Raja H, Ebrahim S, Mamidanna R, et al. Association between preoperative glucose-lowering medication agents and the status of type 2 diabetes mellitus after bariatric surgery. Br J Diabetes 2023;23:31-34. doi: https://doi.org/10.15277/bjd.2023.409
                      46. American Diabetes Association Professional Practice Committee. 10. Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Manage-ment: Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes-2022 [published correction appears in Diabetes Care. 2022 Mar 07;:] [pub-lished correction appears in Diabetes Care. 2022 Sep 1;45(9):2178-2181]. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(Suppl 1):S144-S174. doi:10.2337/dc22-S010
                      47. Chan JC. SGLT2 Inhibitors: The Next Blockbuster Multifaceted Drug? Medicina. 2023;59(2):388. doi:10.3390/medicina59020388
                      48. Zinman B, Wanner C, Lachin JM, et al. Empagliflozin, Cardiovascular Outcomes, and Mortality in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2015; 373(22):2117-2128. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1504720
                      49. Neal, B, Perkovic V, Mahaffey KW, et al. Canagliflozin and Cardiovascular and Renal Events in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2017; 377:644-657. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1611925
                      50. Wiviott, SD, Raz I, Bonaca MP. Dapagliflozin and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2019; 380(4):347-357. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1812389
                      51. Fonseca-Correa JI, Correa-Rotter, R. Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter 2 inhibitors Mechanisms of Action: A Review. Front Med (Lausanne). 2021:8:777861. doi: 10.3389/fmed.2021.777861
                      52. Chesterman T, Thynne TR. Harms and benefits of sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitors. Aust Prescr. 2020:43:168-171. doi: 10.18773/austprescr.2020.049
                      53. Pyke C, Heller RS, Kirk RK, et al. GLP-1 receptor localization in monkey and human tissue: Novel distribution re-vealed with extensively validated monoclonal antibody. Endocrinology. 2014; 155(4):1280–1290. doi: 10.1210/en.2013-1934
                      54. Sun F, Wu S, Guo S, et al. Impact of GLP-1 receptor agonists on blood pressure, heart rate and hypertension among patients with type 2 diabetes: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. Diabetes Res. Clin Pract. 2015;110(1):26-37. doi: 10.1016/j.diabres.2015.07.015
                      55. Gutzwiller JP, Tschopp S, Bock A., Drewe J, Beglinger C, Sieber CC. Glucagon-like peptide-1 induces natriuresis in healthy subjects and in insulin-resistant obese men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2004;89(6):3055–3061. doi: 10.1210/jc.2003-031403
                      56. MA X, Liu Z, Ilyas I, et al. GLP-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1RAs): cardiovascular actions and therapeutic potential. Int J Biol Sci. 2021;17(8): 2050–2068. doi: 10.7150/ijbs.59965
                      57. Nachawi N, Rao PR, Makin V. The role of GLP-1 receptor agonists in managing type 2 diabetes. Clevel Clin J Med. 2022:89(8) 457-464. doi: https://doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.89a.21110
                      58. Gerstein HC, Colhoun HM, Dagenais GR, et al. Dulaglutide and cardiovascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes (RE-WIND): a double-blind, randomised placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2019;394(10193):121-130. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(19)31149-3
                      59. Maroso SP, Bain SC, Consoli A, et al. Semaglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2016; 375(19):1834-1844. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1607141
                      60. Maroso SP, Daniels GH, Brown-Frandsen K, et al. Liraglutide and Cardiovascular Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2016; 375(4):311-22. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1603827
                      61. ElSayed NA; Aleppo G; Aroda VR; on behalf of the American Diabetes Association. 10. Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Management: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2023. Diabetes Care. 2023;46(Suppl 1):S158–S190. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc23-S010
                      62. Petrie JR, Guzik TJ, Touyz RM. Diabetes, Hypertension, and Cardiovascular Disease: Clinical Insights and Vascular Mechanisms. Can J Cardiol. 2018;34(5):575-584. doi: 10.1016/j.cjca.2017.12.005American Diabetes
                      63. Ettehad D, Emdin CA, Kiran A, et al. Blood pressure lowering for prevention of cardiovascular disease and death: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet. 387(10022):957-967. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(15)01225-8
                      64. Xie X, Atkins E, Lv J, et al. Effects of intensive blood pressure lowering on cardiovascular and renal outcomes: up-dated systematic review and meta-analysis. Lancet 2016; 387(10017):435-443. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(15)00805-3
                      65. De Boer IH, Bangalore S, Benetos A, et al. Diabetes and hypertension: a position statement by the Ameri-can Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care. 2017;40:1273–1284. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci17-0026
                      66. Iliescu R, Lohmeier TE, Tudorancea I, Laffin L, Bakris GL. Renal denervation for the treatment of resistant hyperten-sion: review and clinical perspective. Am J Physiol Renal Physiol. 2015;309(7): F583–F594. doi: 10.1152/ajprenal.00246.2015
                      67. Bangalore S, Fakheri R, Toklu B, Messerli FH. Diabetes mellitus as a compelling indication for use of renin angioten-sin system blockers: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. BMJ. 2016;11:352: i438. doi: 10.1136/bmj.i438
                      68. Murphy SP, Ibrahim NE, Januzzi JL. Heart failure with reduced ejection fraction: a review. JAMA 2020;324(5):488–504. doi: 10.1001/jama.2020.10262
                      69. Mihaylova B, Emberson J, Blackwell L, et al.; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. The effects of lowering LDL cholesterol with statin therapy in people at low risk of vascular disease: meta-analysis of individual data from 27 randomized trials. Lancet 2012; 380(9841):581–590. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(12)60367-5
                      70. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, et al.; Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT) Collaborators. Efficacy and safety of cholesterol-lowering treatment: prospective meta-analysis of data from 90,056 participants in 14 randomized trials of statins. Lancet. 2005;366(9493):1267–1278. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(05)67394-1
                      71. Cavender MA, Steg PG, Smith SC, Eagle K, Ohman EM, Goto S, et al. Impact of diabetes mellitus on hospitalization for heart failure, cardiovascular events, and death. Circulation. 2015;132(10):923–31. doi: 10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.114.014796
                      72. McAllister DA, Read SH, Kerssens J, et al. Incidence of Hospitalization for Heart Failure and Case-Fatality Among 3.25 Million People With and Without Diabetes Mellitus. Circulation. 2018;138(24):2774–2786. https://doi.org/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.118.034986
                      73. Pop-Busui R, Januzzi JL, Bruemmer D, et al. Heart Failure: An Underappreciated Complication of Diabetes. A Con-sensus Report of the American Diabetes Association. Diabetes Care. 2022;45(7):1670–1690. https://doi.org/10.2337/dci22-0014
                      74. De Boer IH, MD, MS; Rue TC, MS; Hall YN, MD; et al. Temporal Trends in the Prevalence of Diabetic Kidney Dis-ease in the United States. JAMA. 2011;305(24):2532-2539. doi:10.1001/jama.2011.861
                      75. Fox CS, Matsushita K, Woodward M, et al.; Chronic Kidney Disease Prognosis Consortium. Associations of kidney disease measures with mortality and end-stage renal disease in individuals with and without diabetes: a meta-analysis. Lancet 2012; 380(9854):1662–1673. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(12)61350-6
                      76. ElSayed NH; Aleppo G; Aroda VR; on behalf of the American Diabetes Association. 11. Chronic Kidney Disease and Risk Management: Standards of Care in Diabetes-2023. Diabetes Care. 2023;46(Suppl 1):S191–S202. https://doi.org/10.2337/dc23-S011
                      77. National Kidney Foundation. KDIGO 2012 clinical practice guideline for the evaluation and management of chronic kidney disease. Kidney Int Suppl. 2013; 3(1):1–148. https://kdigo.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/KDIGO_2012_CKD_GL.pdf
                      78. Levey AS, Coresh J, Balk E, et al.; National Kidney Foundation. National Kidney Foundation practice guidelines for chronic kidney disease: evaluation, classification, and stratification. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139(2):137–147. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-139-2-200307150-00013
                      79. HOPE Study Investigators. Effects of ramipril on cardiovascular and microvascular outcomes in people with diabetes mellitus: results of the HOPE study and MICRO-HOPE sub study. Lancet 2000;355(9200):253-9
                      80. Shaikh A, A Practical Approach to Hypertension Management in Diabetes. Diabetes Ther. 2017;8(5):981–989. doi: 10.1007/s13300-017-0310-3
                      81. Zelniker TA, Braunwald E. Cardiac and renal effects of sodium-glucose co-transporter 2 inhibitors in diabetes: JACC state-of-the-art review. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2018; 72(15):1845–1855. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2018.06.040
                      82. Klahr S, Levey AS, Beck GJ, et al.; Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group. The effects of dietary protein restriction and blood-pressure control on the progression of chronic renal disease. N Engl J Med. 1994; 330(13):877–884. doi: 10.1056/NEJM199403313301301
                      83. Perkovic V, Jardine MJ, Neal B, et al., for the CREDENCE Trial Investigators. Canagliflozin and Renal Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes and Nephropathy. N Engl J Med. 2019; 380:2295-2306. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1811744
                      84. Herrspink, HJ, Stefansson, BV, Correa-Rotter R, et al. Dapagliflozin in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease. N Engl J Med. 2020;383(15):1436-1446. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2024816
                      85. Bakris GL, Agarwal R, Anker SD, et al, for the FIDELIO-DKD Investigators. Effect of Finerenone on Chronic Kidney Disease Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2020; 383:2219-2229. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2025845
                      86. EMPA-KIDNEY Collaborative Group. Empagliflozin in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease. N Engl J Med. 2023;388:117-127. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa2204233
                      87. Tuttle KR, Lakshmanan MC, Rayner B, et al. Dulaglutide versus insulin glargine in patients with type 2 diabetes and moderate-to-severe chronic kidney disease (AWARD-7): a multicentre, open-label, randomised trial. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2018;6(8):605-617. doi: 10.1016/S2213-8587(18)30104-9
                      88. Mann JF, Orsted DD, Brown-Frandsen K, et al. Liraglutide and Renal Outcomes in Type 2 Diabetes. N Engl J Med. 2017;377:839-848. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1616011
                      89. Das SR, Everett BM, Birtcher KK, et al. 2020 expert consensus decision pathway on novel therapies for cardiovas-cular risk reduction in patients with type 2 diabetes: a report of the American College of Cardiology Solution Set Over-sight Committee. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2020;76:1117-1145. doi: 10.1016/j.jacc.2020.05.037

                      The Human-Animal Bond: How Close Is Too Close? – RECORDED WEBINAR

                      The Arthur E. Schwarting Symposium is an educational conference focused on pharmacy practice for pharmacists in many settings.

                      This year's sympoisum had an overall topic of Veterinary Medicines.

                      Learning Objectives

                      • Recognize and describe different zoonotic diseases: Rabies, Lyme Disease, Ringworm (Dermatophytosis), Leptospirosis, Giardia, and Toxoplasmosis

                       

                      • Describe method of transmission of each disease
                      • List the treatment of each disease (if possible)
                      • Indicate the species of animal that can harbor the disease
                      • Describe how to prevent the disease

                      Activity Release Dates

                      Released:  April 25, 2024
                      Expires:  April 25, 2027

                      Course Fee

                      $17 Pharmacist

                      ACPE UAN Codes

                       0009-0000-24-021-H01-P

                      Session Code

                      24RS21-VXK92

                      Accreditation Hours

                      1.0 hours of CE

                      Accreditation Statement

                      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                      Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-021-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                      Grant Funding

                      There is no grant funding for this activity.

                      Faculty

                      Sarah Plante, DVM
                      Associate Veterinarian
                      Fenton River Veterinary Hospital
                      Tolland, CT

                      Faculty Disclosure

                      • Sarah Plante doesn't have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                       

                      Disclaimer

                      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                      Content

                      Post Test Pharmacist

                      The Human-Animal Bond: How Close is Too Close? 

                       

                      • Recognize and describe different zoonotic diseases: Rabies, Lyme Disease, Ringworm (Dermatophytosis), Leptospirosis, Giardia, and Toxoplasmosis
                      • Describe method of transmission of each disease
                      • List the treatment of each disease (if possible)
                      • Indicate the species of animal that can harbor the disease
                      • Describe how to prevent the disease

                       

                         
                        1. At what age is the earliest a dog or cat can receive the rabies vaccination?
                        A. 8 weeks
                        B. 6 months
                        C. 12 weeks

                        2. What is the symptom of Lyme Disease in dogs that owners tend to notice first?
                        A. Shifting lameness
                        B. Vomiting
                        C. Increased thirst and urination (PUPD)

                        3. What is the best way to prevent most zoonotic infections?
                        A. Avoid wildlife
                        B. Use essential oils
                        C. Wash your hands

                        4. What antibiotic do veterinarians use most often to treat Spirochete bacterial infections?
                        A. Doxycycline
                        B. Clindamycin
                        C. Amoxicillin-clavulanic Acid

                        5. How are most zoonotic intestinal parasites are spread?
                        A. Aerosolized
                        B. Infection through break in the skin
                        C. Fecal-oral

                        6. What zoonotic disease causes an itchy, circular red lesion on the skin?
                        A. Lyme disease
                        B. Ringworm
                        C. Leptospirosis

                        7. What species most commonly carries toxoplasma?
                        A . Cats
                        B. Dogs
                        C. Ferrets

                        Animal Models of Disease: Barking up the Right Tree – RECORDED WEBINAR

                        The Arthur E. Schwarting Symposium is an educational conference focused on pharmacy practice for pharmacists in many settings.

                        This year's sympoisum had an overall topic of Veterinary Medicines.

                        Learning Objectives

                        • Discuss current legal and ethical positions on the use of animals in research
                        • List the pros and cons of various animal models
                        • Recall advantages and disadvantages for each animal model

                        Activity Release Dates

                        Released:  April 25, 2024
                        Expires:  April 25, 2027

                        Course Fee

                        $17 Pharmacist

                        ACPE UAN Codes

                         0009-0000-24-022-H01-P

                        Session Code

                        24RS22-KVX29

                        Accreditation Hours

                        1.0 hours of CE

                        Accreditation Statement

                        The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                        Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-022-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                        Grant Funding

                        There is no grant funding for this activity.

                        Faculty

                        Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, MBA
                        Director OPPD
                        UConn School of Pharmacy
                        Storrs, CT

                        Faculty Disclosure

                        • Jeannette Wick doesn't have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                         

                        Disclaimer

                        The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                        Content

                        Post Test Pharmacist

                        Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                        Learning Objectives

                         

                        After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and technicians will be able to

                        DESCRIBE the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                        OUTLINE topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                        IDENTIFY physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                        REVIEW available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                          Teenage girl with prominent acne covering her entire face.

                           

                          Release Date: June 15, 2024

                          Expiration Date: June 15, 2027

                          Course Fee

                          Pharmacists $7
                          Technician $4

                          There is no funding for this CE.

                          ACPE UANs

                          Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-029-H01-P

                          Pharmacy Technician:  0009-0000-24-029-H01-T

                          Session Codes

                          Pharmacist:  24YC29-ABC33

                          Pharmacy Technician:  24YC29-CBA48

                          Accreditation Hours

                          2.0 hours of CE

                          Accreditation Statements

                          The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-029-H01-P/T will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                           

                          Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                          The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                          Faculty

                          Sabina Alikhanov Palmieri, PharmD
                          Clinical Pharmacy Specialist
                          Community Health Network Connecticut
                          Wallingford, CT

                          Faculty Disclosure

                          In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                          Dr. Palmieri does not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                           

                          ABSTRACT

                          Acne vulgaris is common. It presents with inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions primarily on the face and trunk. While acne vulgaris is not associated with mortality, it causes a great deal of physical and psychologic sequelae such as permanent scarring, poor self-image, depression, and anxiety due to the lesions’ prominence and appearance. Its direct costs including lost productivity exceed $3 billion annually in the United States. Patients may treat minor cases of acne vulgaris with topical therapies. The most used topical acne medications include retinoids, benzoyl peroxide, topical antibiotics, or a combination of two or all three of these drugs. Moderate to severe acne vulgaris often necessitates the addition of systemic therapies as an adjunct to existing topical regimens. Prescribers use oral antibiotics or hormonal medications to treat moderate to severe acne in conjunction with topical therapies, as tolerated. Isotretinoin is an oral systemic drug used for severe recalcitrant nodular acne. Isotretinoin is given as monotherapy and has a corresponding Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) program with which patients must comply due to the drug’s teratogenicity. Several other physical modalities and alternative medicines may be used for acne; however, the data is not robust enough to prioritize their use.

                          CONTENT

                          Content

                          INTRODUCTION

                          Acne vulgaris is a chronic skin condition characterized by open or closed comedones (bumps) and the development of inflammatory papules, pustules, or nodules.1 Papules are small, raised bumps; pustules are small, pus-filled bumps; and nodules are larger, solid lesions that extend into the deeper layers of the skin. Acne is among one of the most common skin disorders, frequently affecting adolescents and young adults. In the 2013 Global Burden of Disease study, acne vulgaris ranked second most burdensome skin disease among all skin diseases as measured by disability-adjusted life years.2 Experts estimate acne’s prevalence in young adults to be between 35% to more than 90%, with males affected more often than females in this age category.3 Acne’s incidence generally declines with increasing age, and tends to exhibit a female predominance following adolescence, affecting up to 15% of women.4

                           

                          While acne is not associated with mortality, several complications may arise such as hyperpigmentation, scarring, and negative psychosocial effects.3 A variety of treatment options are available for acne vulgaris, both over-the-counter (OTC) and prescription; product selection depends on lesion severity and patient-specific factors. Topical therapies are for milder cases, while systemic therapies are employed in more severe cases, typically in conjunction with topical treatments.

                           

                          Pathogenesis of Acne

                          Acne vulgaris is a complex inflammatory disorder affecting the pilosebaceous unit of the skin, which is composed of the hair follicle and sebaceous gland (glands that secrete sebum, an oily substance that keeps skin from drying out).3 Acne’s pathogenesis involves several different host factors that lead to lesion formation. The four main contributing factors associated with acne development include hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, Cutibacterium acnes bacteria, and inflammation.3

                           

                          Increased sebum secretion from sebaceous glands, often stimulated by androgens, serves as a growth medium for C. acnes bacteria. This bacterium has the propensity to activate an immune response that subsequently triggers an inflammatory response. The inflammatory response results in the formation of inflammatory papules and pustules.

                           

                          Acne vulgaris may have other etiologies aside from the four main biologic factors. Cutaneous lesions can occur by way of mechanical injury or skin trauma because of scrubbing, squeezing, or friction, referred to as acne mechanica.5 Additionally, an association exists between psychologic stress and increased acne severity. Genetics is another factor that may contribute to the development of acne. Studies have shown that individuals with close family members who have acne are at increased risk of developing the condition.3

                           

                          Insulin resistance is also implicated in the formation of acne as it can stimulate androgen production and lead to increased serum levels of insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1). Increased IGF-1 levels are linked to increased facial sebum excretion, which ultimately facilitates acne formation. Androgens contribute significantly in the development of acne as they stimulate the growth and secretory function of sebaceous glands, further increasing sebum production.3

                           

                          Several dietary elements have been associated with acne, although the evidence is not robust. A reduced glycemic index or a glycemic load diet (i.e., a low carbohydrate diet with reduced intake of processed meats, added sugar, and refined grains) may reduce the quantity and severity of acne lesions by reducing free androgens and IGF-1 levels.6 Additionally, omega-3 fatty acids can decrease IGF-1 and inhibit pro-inflammatory leukotriene B4, which potentially lessens the number of lesions. Conversely, milk and dairy products have been associated with an increase in acne lesions, likely due to their opposite effects on IGF-1 levels.3

                           

                          In addition to dietary intake, the gut microbiome can impact acne development.6 A randomized, placebo-controlled double-blind study of 20 adult patients with acne showed promising results in acne improvements with probiotic supplementation over a 12-week period.7 While this preliminary data supports the use of probiotics for acne, more robust data is needed to confirm these findings.

                           

                          Despite these dietary correlations, the relationship between acne and weight or body mass index (BMI) is uncertain. A large population-based study of about 600,000 adolescents in Israel found that obesity was inversely related to the development of acne.8 Conversely, a smaller scale case-control study of adolescents with moderate to severe acne found a correlation between lower BMI and lower incidence of acne.9 As studies have yielded mixed results, a connection is unclear at this time.

                           

                          Pretreatment Assessment

                          Prior to establishing a treatment plan, thorough assessment of the types of acne lesions and severity of those lesions is essential. Additionally, clinicians should consider potential contributing factors such as comedogenic skincare products (i.e., products that have a high likelihood of clogging pores), medications, or endocrine disorders. They should also consider the presence of complications such as scarring, hyperpigmentation, or presence and extent of psychologic distress when establishing treatment regimens and setting treatment goals.10 Anatomic location of the lesions is important to note as well.1

                           

                          Acne vulgaris lesions are either comedonal or papulopustular3:

                          • Comedonal lesions are milder in severity and characterized by closed comedones, also known as “whiteheads,” or open comedones, also known as “blackheads.” Comedonal lesions are non-inflammatory and typically smaller than 5 mm in size, or smaller than the size of a pencil top eraser.
                          • Papulopustular acne has a more inflamed presentation with relatively superficial papules or pustules, although still typically smaller than 5 mm in size.
                          • Nodular acne is a more severe variation of papulopustular acne with deep-seated, inflamed and often tender, large papules or nodules.

                           

                          While no universally accepted method of assessing acne grade or severity exists, several characteristics may differentiate between mild acne and more severe variants. Mild acne typically has limited skin involvement with scattered, small (less than 5 mm in size) comedonal lesions or inflamed papules. Mild acne also has an absence of near confluent skin involvement (defined as lesions that flow together) and no scarring or large nodules. Many visually prominent comedonal or inflammatory papulopustular lesions are characteristic of moderate to severe acne. Other features indicative of moderate to severe acne include the presence of large nodules, scarring, and involvement of multiple body areas.10

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: Since several treatments for acne are available over-the-counter (OTC), what is a reasonable regimen for mild acne using only OTC drugs?

                           

                          Treatment for Mild Acne

                          The American Academy of Dermatology published guidelines for the management of acne vulgaris in 2016, and on January 30, 2024, the academy published an update to these guidelines in the form of a systematic review.1,11 The updated guidelines offer evidence-based recommendations and several good practice statements for the management of acne vulgaris. The guidelines classify recommendations as strong, where the benefits clearly outweigh the risks, or conditional, where the benefits are closely balanced with risks and burden. Conditional recommendations apply to most patients, but the most appropriate action may differ depending on patient or other stakeholder values.11

                           

                          Topical medications—as monotherapy or in combination—are typically the initial treatment of choice for mild acne.11 For mild comedonal acne without inflammatory lesions, treatment with a topical retinoid is an appropriate choice.1 Mild papulopustular and mixed acne may benefit from either a combination of a topical retinoid and topical antimicrobial or benzoyl peroxide and a topical antibiotic. Combining topical antibiotic treatment with benzoyl peroxide decreases the development of antibiotic resistance to C. acnes and improves treatment outcomes.10 The 2024 guidelines strongly recommend the following topical therapies for patients with acne based on moderate evidence: benzoyl peroxide, topical retinoids, and topical antibiotics (although not as monotherapy).11

                           

                          Topical Retinoids

                          Topical retinoids are routinely the initial treatment choice for mild comedonal acne. As vitamin A (retinol) derivatives, retinoids are important regulators of cell reproduction, proliferation (self-multiplication), and differentiation (specialization into specific cell types).12 In comedonal acne, retinoids normalize follicular hyperkeratosis (excessive development of keratin in hair follicles which result in papules) and prevent formation of the microcomedo, the primary lesion of acne.10 Table 1 lists the four currently available topical retinoid therapies for acne vulgaris: adapalene, tazarotene, tretinoin, and trifarotene.

                           

                          Table 1. Topical Retinoids for Acne Vulgaris10,13

                          Medication Usual Dosage Available Dosage Forms Common Adverse Effects
                          Adapalene Apply to acne lesions once daily in the evening or before bedtime Cream: 0.1%

                          Gel: 0.1% (OTC), 0.3%

                          Lotion: 0.1%

                          Local skin irritation: erythema (redness), skin scaling, xerosis (dryness), burning, and pruritus (itching); photosensitivity (light sensitivity)
                          Tazarotene Cream: 0.05%, 0.1%

                          Gel: 0.05%, 0.1%

                          Foam: 0.1%

                          Lotion: 0.045%

                          Local skin irritation: burning and stinging, contact dermatitis, erythema, pruritus, skin discoloration, skin inflammation, application site pain, and xerosis; photosensitivity
                          Tretinoin Cream: 0.025% to 0.1%

                          Gel: 0.01% to 0.05%

                          Lotion: 0.05%

                          Microsphere gel: 0.04% to 0.1%

                          Local skin irritation: peeling, xerosis, burning, stinging, erythema, and pruritus; photosensitivity
                          Trifarotene Cream: 0.005% Application site pruritus, skin irritation, and photosensitivity

                          OTC, over the counter.

                           

                          Tretinoin, when used topically, reduces the likelihood of follicular epithelial cells from sticking together, and decreases microcomedone formation. Additionally, it can increase turnover of follicular epithelial cells and stimulates mitotic activity or cell division thereby causing expulsion of comedones.14 Tretinoin is available in various dosage forms including creams, gels, and lotions. Newer formulations of tretinoin such as microsphere gels release the medication more slowly and are generally less irritating.10

                           

                          Patients should apply tretinoin to the affected area once daily at bedtime, 20 minutes following washing and drying of the face. Newer formulations are more stable, allowing patients to use them immediately following cleansing.14 Adverse effects of topical tretinoin, listed in Table 1, are typically most pronounced in the first month of therapy. Pharmacy teams should instruct patients to apply sunscreen in the morning to minimize photosensitivity (sensitivity to light), and guidelines recommend using sunscreen throughout the course of treatment with topical retinoids.1

                           

                          Adapalene is a retinoid-like drug that functions as a modulator of cell differentiation, keratinization (i.e., when the epithelial cells develop a hardened horn-like character), and inflammatory processes.15 Adapalene is available as a cream, gel, and lotion applied topically at bedtime after cleansing. It is the only retinoid available without a prescription. Adapalene has demonstrated similar efficacy and superior tolerability compared to other retinoids.16

                           

                          Tazarotene is a retinoid prodrug (i.e., inactive compound that turns into an active drug once metabolized) that reduces the number of inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesions in acne vulgaris.17 Patients apply tazarotene (a cream, gel, foam, or lotion) to the affected area once daily at bedtime after cleansing. The adverse effect profile is similar to that of other retinoids. While topical retinoid therapy is generally not recommended in pregnancy, this topical acne medication is contraindicated in pregnancy.

                           

                          Trifarotene is a retinoic acid receptor (RAR) agonist with specific activity at the gamma subtype of RAR. RAR activation causes transcription of several genes that are responsible for cell differentiation and mediation of inflammation.18 It is the first topical retinoid specifically studied in both facial and truncal acne, yielding favorable safety, tolerability, and efficacy data in patients with moderate acne.19 Trifarotene is available as a cream applied once daily in the evening or before bedtime.

                           

                          Benzoyl Peroxide

                          Benzoyl peroxide is a topical oxidizing drug which kills the bacteria on the skin, halts the production of sebum, and breaks down the outermost layer of the skin. It has potential to improve both inflammatory and non-inflammatory acne lesions.20 Benzoyl peroxide is available in a variety of dosage forms including creams, gels, washes, and foams and in several concentrations ranging from 2.5% to 10%, most of which are available OTC. Concentration-dependent irritation, staining, and bleaching of fabric and hair is a limiting factor in treatment with benzoyl peroxide. Pharmacists and technicians should inform patients that staining of towels and pillowcases is common when using this medication.

                           

                          Irritation from benzoyl peroxide manifests as erythema, scaling, xerosis, or stinging, tightening, or burning sensations.10 Generally, lower concentrations (i.e., 2.5% to 5%), water-based, and wash-off products have better tolerability, particularly in patients with sensitive skin.1 Presently, C. acnes shows no resistance to benzoyl peroxide, so addition of this medication to other regimens may further minimize development of antibiotic resistance.

                           

                          Benzoyl peroxide is optimal for mild papulopustular acne with or without comedonal lesions. Patients may use benzoyl peroxide in conjunction with a retinoid or topical antibiotic, and several combination products are available by prescription only (described in Table 2). If using benzoyl peroxide in combination with tretinoin, patients should apply the medications at different times of the day to avoid oxidation or degradation of the tretinoin product (i.e., use benzoyl peroxide in the morning and tretinoin in the evening). Benzoyl peroxide application timing does not matter when co-administered with the tretinoin microsphere formulation or other retinoids.1 The guidelines recommend using benzoyl peroxide one to three times daily, however, an increase in adverse effects such as dryness can occur with increased frequency of use. Usually, visible improvement occurs after about three weeks of benzoyl peroxide use, and maximal improvement is apparent after eight to 12 weeks.10

                           

                          Table 2. Topical Combination Medications for Acne Vulgaris 10,13

                          Category Medication Usual Dosage
                          Benzoyl Peroxide and Topical Antibiotic Benzoyl peroxide 5% / clindamycin 1% gel Apply twice daily
                          Benzoyl peroxide 5% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 3.75% / clindamycin 1.2% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 5% / erythromycin 3% gel Apply twice daily
                          Antimicrobial and Retinoid Clindamycin 1.2% / tretinoin 0.025% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / adapalene 0.1% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 2.5% / adapalene 0.3% gel Apply once daily in the evening
                          Benzoyl peroxide 3% / tretinoin 0.1% cream Apply once daily in the evening
                          Antimicrobial, Antibiotic and Retinoid Benzoyl peroxide 3.1% / clindamycin 1.2% / adapalene 0.15% gel Apply once daily

                           

                          Topical Clindamycin

                          Clindamycin is an antibiotic used topically for acne vulgaris, most often in combination with benzoyl peroxide. The guidelines discourage monotherapy with topical antibiotics due to concerns for antibiotic resistance.11 Clindamycin is available in numerous topical dosage forms including gels, solutions, lotions, foam, and pledgets (small cotton rounds with medication embedded) and comes co-formulated with several retinoid medications.

                           

                          A meta-analysis comparing different topical treatments for acne demonstrated that gels containing benzoyl peroxide and clindamycin in combination were modestly more effective than benzoyl peroxide alone for the treatment of inflammatory acne lesions, superior to clindamycin alone, and resulted in faster improvement.21 Clindamycin is generally well tolerated when used topically, but irritation may occur as with any topical acne medication. Patients apply clindamycin to the affected area twice daily. Topical erythromycin is an alternative to clindamycin; however, reduced efficacy due to antibiotic resistance has limited its use.1

                           

                          Salicylic Acid and Azelaic Acid

                          Several alternative topical medications are available for patients with acne who are unable to tolerate retinoid therapy. Topical salicylic acid is a comedolytic medication (product which resolves papules and prevents formation of new ones) with mild anti-inflammatory properties that works by causing desquamation (shedding) of the horny layer of skin.22 It is available OTC in a variety of different gels, washes, pads, masks, lotions, and solutions. The guidelines conditionally recommend salicylic acid for patients with acne based on low certainty of evidence.11 Salicylic acid is typically dosed once daily, however patients may increase to two or three times daily if needed, as tolerated. Skin dryness and peeling may occur from using this medication, especially when used in excess.23 For patients seeking an OTC resolution for acne, pharmacists can suggest salicylic acid in combination with benzoyl peroxide.

                           

                          Azelaic acid is an effective treatment for acne due to its antimicrobial and antikeratinizing effects on the follicular epidermis and carries a conditional recommendation based on the guidelines.24,11 Azelaic acid possesses mild anti-inflammatory properties and can improve acne-induced, post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation.10 Patients apply this medication to the affected area twice daily, and it comes formulated as a cream, gel, and foam. Studies have shown that azelaic acid’s efficacy is comparable to other topical acne treatments, and it is generally well tolerated. Azelaic acid’s most common adverse effect, as with other topical acne medications, is local skin irritation.25,26

                           

                          Alternative Therapies for Resistant Disease

                          In patients who report insufficient improvement with first line treatments, providers may consider several additional topical options before starting systemic therapy. For comedonal acne, providers may try an alternative concentration of the retinoid therapy if there is room to increase, or switch to another retinoid drug if the current medication is already maximally dosed. For papulopustular acne, providers may change the retinoid medication or add concomitant benzoyl peroxide and/or a topical antibiotic, if desired. Alternative approaches to managing papulopustular acne involve the addition of topical dapsone, clascoterone, or topical minocycline.10 Table 3 lists antimicrobial therapies and additional alternative topical medications available for the treatment of acne vulgaris.

                           

                          Table 3. Antimicrobial Therapies and Alternative Topical Medications used for Acne Vulgaris 10,13

                          Category Medication Usual Dosage Available Dosage Forms Common Adverse Effects
                          Antimicrobial Benzoyl Peroxide Apply one to three times daily 2.5 to 10% gels, lotions, creams, pads, masks, cleansers, foam (most are OTC) Local skin irritation
                          Clindamycin Apply twice daily 1% gel, lotion, pledget, solution, foam Generally well tolerated, skin irritation may occur
                          Dapsone Apply once daily Gel: 5%, 7,5% Application site dryness and pruritus
                          Erythromycin Apply twice daily 2% gel, solution, pledget Generally well tolerated, skin irritation may occur
                          Minocycline Apply once daily 1 hour prior to bed Foam: 4% Headache
                          Topical Androgen Receptor Inhibitor Clascoterone Apply twice daily Cream: 1% Scaling, dryness, edema, or irritation of skin; HPA axis suppression
                          Other Azelaic acid Apply twice daily Cream: 20% Local skin irritation
                          Gel: 15%
                          Foam: 15%
                          Salicylic acid Apply one to three times daily 0.5 to 2% creams, gels, pads, cleansers, solutions, soaps, pledget, foam (most are OTC) Local skin irritation including transient stinging, burning, or pruritus; potential for salicylate absorption

                          HPA, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal; OTC, over the counter.

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: What factors could contribute to the higher prevalence of acne in males during adolescence?

                           

                          Topical dapsone is an antimicrobial agent that shows modest to moderate efficacy, particularly in the reduction of inflammatory acne lesions in clinical trials.27,28 While dapsone’s mechanism of action is poorly understood, it is thought to possess both anti-inflammatory and antimicrobial properties. Additionally, dapsone has demonstrated superior efficacy in females as opposed to males.29 Dapsone may be used in combination with benzoyl peroxide, however due to the potential for oxidation, patients must apply the medications at different times. Temporary yellow or orange discoloration of the skin and hair may occur if patients apply dapsone and benzoyl peroxide simultaneously. Patients apply dapsone to the affected area once daily and generally tolerate it well. Unlike with oral dapsone therapy, testing for glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase is unnecessary.1

                           

                          Clascoterone is a first-in-class topical androgen receptor inhibitor indicated for the treatment of acne vulgaris in individuals aged 12 years and older.30 This medication competes with dihydrotestosterone (DHT) for androgen receptors to block DHT from binding to these receptors. This in turn reduces the transcription of androgen-responsive genes that modulate inflammation and sebum production.30 Two phase 3 randomized clinical trials demonstrated that clascoterone has a similar safety profile to placebo without any downstream systemic androgenic effects.31 Patients apply clascoterone to the affected area twice daily. Clascoterone’s most common adverse effects include scaling, dryness, edema, or irritation of skin. Another, more serious potential adverse effect is hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression (i.e., inadequate cortisol production leading to impaired stress response).10 Currently, clascoterone carries a conditional recommendation for the treatment of acne; this is based on a high certainty of evidence, however, also considers cost and access to treatment.11

                           

                          Treatment for Moderate to Severe Acne

                          Patients with moderate to severe acne may benefit from topical therapy, but this disease severity often necessitates the addition of systemic medications to achieve optimal outcomes. The guidelines recommend several different oral medications for acne vulgaris including antibiotics, isotretinoin, and hormonal medications, listed in Table 4.1 Prescribers usually employ systemic therapy in combination with topical medications, but they use oral isotretinoin as monotherapy. Drug selection is based on lesion severity and consideration of patient-specific factors.

                           

                          Table 4. Systemic Therapies for Acne Vulgaris10,13

                          Category Medication Usual Dosage Common Adverse Effects
                          Tetracycline Antibiotics Doxycycline Immediate Release: 50 to 100 mg twice daily or 100 mg once daily

                          Delayed Release: 100 mg every 12 hours for 1 day, then 100 mg once daily

                          Sub-antimicrobial dosing:

                          Immediate Release: 20 mg twice daily

                          Delayed Release: 40 mg once daily

                          Photosensitivity, GI distress, pseudotumor cerebri; contraindicated in pregnancy and children < 8 years of age
                          Minocycline Immediate Release: 50 or 100 mg daily or twice daily

                          Extended Release: 1 mg/kg/day (round to nearest available strength)

                          Dizziness, vertigo, serum sickness, drug-induced lupus, skin discoloration, pseudotumor cerebri; contraindicated in pregnancy and children <8 years of age
                          Sarecycline 33 to 54 kg: 60 mg once daily

                          55 to 84 kg: 100 mg once daily

                          85 to 136 kg: 150 mg once daily

                          Photosensitivity, GI distress; contraindicated in pregnancy and children <8 years of age
                          Macrolide Antibiotics Azithromycin Pulse dosing due to long drug half-life; 500 mg 1–3 times per week or 4 times monthly was studied, optimal regimen unknown GI distress
                          Erythromycin 250 to 500 mg twice daily initially, then decrease to once daily
                          Aldosterone Receptor Antagonists Spironolactone 50 to 100 mg/day in 1 or 2 equally divided doses Menstrual irregularity, breast tenderness, minor GI symptoms, orthostatic hypotension, hyperkalemia, dizziness, headaches, fatigue; contraindicated in pregnancy
                          Oral Retinoids Isotretinoin 0.5 mg/kg/day, increasing to 1 mg/kg/day in 1 or 2 equally divided doses; total dose 120 to 150 mg/kg over 20 weeks Dry skin and mucous membranes, visual changes, myalgia, hypertriglyceridemia, elevation of hepatic enzymes; teratogenic (absolutely contraindicated in pregnancy)
                          Combination Oral Contraceptives Various estrogen/progestin combinations One tablet once daily Nausea, breast tenderness, weight gain, thromboembolic events

                          GI, gastrointestinal.

                           

                          Oral Antibiotics

                          Systemic antibiotics are indicated for moderate to severe inflammatory acne.1 Antibiotics reduce inflammation by inhibiting the growth of C. acnes bacteria, with some antibiotics also exhibiting direct anti-inflammatory properties. When initiating oral antibiotic therapy for acne, prescribers should limit the duration of treatment to the shortest necessary interval to minimize antibiotic resistance; continuous therapy for three or four months is typically sufficient.32 The guidelines recommend simultaneous use of a topical retinoid with the oral antibiotic. Addition of topical benzoyl peroxide will further limit occurrence of antibiotic resistance.32

                           

                          Tetracycline antibiotics are first-line medications for the treatment of acne vulgaris.1 While other antibiotics may be used when treatment fails or is not tolerated, treatment with non-antibiotic systemic medications (e.g., isotretinoin) is typically considered first.32 Tetracycline antibiotics inhibit protein synthesis by binding the 30S subunit of the bacterial ribosome, and they also possess anti-inflammatory properties.1 Children younger than eight years old and patients who are pregnant cannot use tetracyclines due to the potential for discoloration of developing permanent teeth. Doxycycline, minocycline, and sarecycline are the main tetracyclines used for acne in the United States (U.S.). Providers no longer use tetracycline itself for acne due to tolerability issues, antibiotic resistance, and limited availability.

                           

                          The guidelines strongly recommend doxycycline for acne vulgaris based on moderate evidence.11 The typical recommended dose of doxycycline for acne is 100 mg twice daily. Patients take delayed release tablets once daily after the initial loading dose.33 Several studies have also shown that sub-antimicrobial dosing of doxycycline—either 20 mg twice daily or 40 mg once daily of the delayed-release formulation—is an effective strategy for acne vulgaris management.34-36 This dosing strategy eliminates the drug’s antibacterial action while maintaining its anti-inflammatory effects. Data shows that once daily 40 mg delayed-release doxycycline reduced inflammatory lesions and was better tolerated than doxycycline 100 mg once daily.34 Doxycycline’s most common adverse effects are gastrointestinal complaints, which patients can mitigate by taking the medication with food. Photosensitivity and benign increased intracranial pressure (pseudotumor cerebri) have also been associated with the use of tetracyclines, including doxycycline.33

                           

                          Minocycline is a tetracycline antibiotic that the guidelines conditionally recommended for the treatment of acne vulgaris based on moderate evidence.11 Although minocycline is effective, it has been associated with greater toxicity than doxycycline, so it is not usually used first.37 Typical minocycline dosing is 50 mg to 100 mg twice daily, or 1 mg/kg/day of the extended-release formulation. Minocycline may produce vestibular adverse effects such as headache, dizziness and vertigo, serum sickness, and pseudotumor cerebri. According to a systematic review, minocycline is the only tetracycline associated with the development of lupus erythematosus, although the risk is small.37 Photosensitivity may also occur with minocycline but typically to a lesser extent than with doxycycline.32

                           

                          Sarecycline is a newer, narrow-spectrum tetracycline antibiotic indicated for inflammatory lesions of non-nodular moderate to severe acne vulgaris in patients 9 years of age and older.38 The guidelines conditionally recommended this medication based on high certainty evidence.11 A narrow-spectrum antibiotic targets specific types of bacteria, while a broad-spectrum antibiotic is effective against a wide range of bacteria. Using this narrow-spectrum drug reduces the potential for antibiotic resistance and gut microbiome disruption.32 Sarecycline dosing is weight-based ranging from 60 mg to 150 mg once daily.38 Importantly, studies have not established sarecycline’s efficacy beyond 12 weeks or safety beyond 12 months. Sarecycline’s most common adverse effect in clinical trials was nausea.38

                           

                          Alternative antibiotics for acne vulgaris are reserved for patients who cannot tolerate or don’t respond well to tetracyclines and are not candidates for other systemic therapies.32 Clinical trials have evaluated macrolides—including erythromycin and azithromycin—for acne. A meta-analysis comparing the efficacy of azithromycin to doxycycline demonstrated that azithromycin pulse therapy (i.e., 500 mg one to three times per week or four times monthly) is equivalent to doxycycline 100 mg once or twice daily at 12 weeks in moderate to severe acne vulgaris.39 While some data supports their efficacy, macrolides are rarely used for this indication due to concerns for antibiotic resistance.40 Additionally, erythromycin is very poorly tolerated due to significant gastrointestinal adverse effects.

                           

                          Other antibiotic regimens that may be effective for acne in adults are trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole 160 mg/800 mg once to twice daily and cephalexin 500 mg twice daily, but data supporting their use is limited.41 The guidelines discourage using these antibiotics for acne due to increased risk of antibiotic resistance.1

                           

                          Topical Antibioitcs

                          Providers may consider topical minocycline as an alternative topical antibiotic for acne vulgaris in moderate to severe cases. Topical minocycline comes as a 4% foam and is indicated for the treatment of inflammatory lesions of non-nodular moderate to severe acne vulgaris in patients 9 years of age and older.42 Three large clinical trials have shown topical minocycline foam consistently reduces inflammatory acne lesions.43,44 Patients apply the medication to the affected area at the same time each day at least one hour before bedtime. Pharmacists should inform patients that minocycline foam is well tolerated, with headache being the most notable adverse effect.42

                           

                          Isotretinoin

                          Isotretinoin is an oral retinoid that tackles all four major factors in acne pathogenesis: sebum production, follicular hyperkeratinization, inflammation, and C. acnes bacteria. Isotretinoin is U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved for the treatment of severe recalcitrant (refractory) nodular acne vulgaris.32 This medication is also a good option for moderate acne resistant to other treatments or for the management of acne that has produced physical scarring or psychosocial distress.1 Oral isotretinoin is the only medication that can permanently alter the natural course of acne vulgaris, and has the potential to induce long-term remission.32 Most patients experience long-term improvement in acne severity after just one course of isotretinoin. Additionally, continued improvement may occur for several months following completion of the treatment course, so patients must wait at least five months before considering additional isotretinoin therapy.45

                           

                          Patients take isotretinoin as monotherapy over the course of several weeks. Dosing is weight-based starting at 0.5 mg/kg/day in two divided doses, then titrated up to 1 mg/kg/day after the first month. The typical treatment duration is 15 to 20 weeks or until the total nodule count decreases by more than 70%, whichever occurs first.46 Taking the medication with food improves absorption (an important counseling point). Isotretinoin is contraindicated in pregnancy due to its teratogenicity (causes birth defects), but it is unclear whether teratogenic effects occur in sperm from males using isotretinoin.47 All patients who are prescribed the medication, prescribing providers, and pharmacies who dispense isotretinoin must enroll in the iPLEDGE REMS to receive the medication. Pharmacy teams play an integral part in ensuring patients can safely obtain this medication. They must verify that both the patient and provider are enrolled, obtain a Risk Management Authorization (RMA) number prior to filling and dispensing each prescription, and that no more than a 30-day supply is dispensed. Additionally, upon authorization, the iPLEDGE REMS website provides a “do not dispense to patient after” date. It is calculated as 30 days after the office visit for patients who cannot get pregnant, and seven days from the documented negative pregnancy test for patients who can.

                           

                          Isotretinoin is associated with several potential adverse effects including dry skin and mucous membranes, visual changes, and myalgia. Additionally, patients, particularly those with severe disease, may see an initial transient worsening of acne that requires adjustment to therapy.45 Isotretinoin is known to cause hyperlipidemia and elevation of hepatic transaminases (liver enzymes) necessitating lab monitoring.32 Some research suggests a possible link between depression and suicidal ideation, but the data is inadequate to establish causality at this time.48,49 Researchers have also suggested a link between isotretinoin and inflammatory bowel disease, but several large cohort studies have not confirmed this.50-52

                           

                          PAUSE AND PONDER: What would be the best course of action for a pregnant patient with acne?

                           

                          Oral Hormonal Therapies

                          Combination oral contraceptives (COC) and/or spironolactone may be reasonable therapeutic options for patients with acne vulgaris assigned female sex at birth. Both therapies carry a conditional recommendation for use in acne based on moderate evidence.11 These hormonal therapies work by reducing the androgenic effects on sebaceous glands, reducing sebum production. This can ultimately diminish comedone development and minimize C. acnes bacteria growth.32

                           

                          COCs containing an estrogen and progestin are effective therapies for acne vulgaris in female patients. Although most progestins in oral contraceptives have androgenic properties, all low-dose COCs are estrogen dominant and produce an overall antiandrogenic effect.32 The four COCs with an FDA approval for the treatment of acne vulgaris are

                          • drospirenone 3 mg/ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg
                          • drospirenone 3 mg/ethinyl estradiol 0.02 mg/levomefolate calcium 0.451 mg
                          • norethindrone acetate/ethinyl estradiol/ferrous fumarate (triphasic formulation, meaning dose differs by the week)
                          • norgestimate/ethinyl estradiol (triphasic formulation)

                          These are all approved for patients with acne vulgaris who also desire contraception.13

                           

                          COCs for acne are not for use in patients who are younger than 14 years of age or within the first two years of starting menses unless it is clinically warranted.1 Other contraindications to COCs exist, including smokers aged 35 and older and patients with select cardiovascular and gastrointestinal comorbidities.11 COCs may be used in combination with other oral acne medications, including the tetracyclines and spironolactone.1 All COCs are associated with cardiovascular risks including thromboembolism and myocardial infarction, specifically in smokers. Additionally, they carry a potential risk of breast cancer and cervical cancer.13 Providers do not use progestin-only contraceptives for acne vulgaris as their androgenic properties may exacerbate acne.32

                           

                          Spironolactone is an aldosterone receptor antagonist with potent antiandrogen activity. It decreases testosterone production and competitively inhibits binding of testosterone and DHT to androgen receptors. Spironolactone may also inhibit 5-alpha-reductase (the enzyme that converts testosterone to DHT) and increase steroid hormone binding globulin (a protein that binds to estrogens and androgens).1 While spironolactone is not FDA approved for acne, clinicians often use it off-label based on available evidence and expert opinion.53-55 When used for acne, spironolactone is dosed at 50 mg to 100 mg in one or two equally divided doses. Patients generally tolerate it well, and the most common adverse effects include diuresis (increased urination), menstrual irregularities, breast tenderness, breast enlargement, fatigue, headache, and dizziness.1 It is also important to note that spironolactone is a potassium-sparing diuretic and hyperkalemia (high potassium levels) may occur when given at high doses or in patients with comorbidities such as renal insufficiency or severe heart failure. Hyperkalemia can be serious, but young, healthy patients taking spironolactone for acne do not appear to be at significant risk for hyperkalemia and don’t require monitoring.11,32

                           

                          Rare, Severe Acne Variants

                           

                          Acne Fulminans

                          Acne fulminans is a rare form of acne vulgaris characterized by the sudden development of large, inflammatory nodules and friable (fragile) plaques with erosions, ulcers, and hemorrhagic crusts. This may occur with or without systemic symptoms such as fever, malaise, bone pain, and arthralgias.3 These lesions typically present on the trunk; however, they may occur elsewhere. Isotretinoin can trigger acne fulminans, but some cases are idiopathic (no known cause). Acne fulminans typically occurs in adolescent males with preexisting acne vulgaris.3

                           

                          Treatment for acne fulminans involves using oral corticosteroids, usually prednisone 0.5 mg to 1 mg/kg/day, in combination with isotretinoin. If isotretinoin precipitated acne fulminans, prescribers must stop this medication and proceed with corticosteroid monotherapy for four weeks in patients with systemic symptoms and for two weeks for patients without systemic symptoms. When acne fulminans resolves, patients may restart isotretinoin in conjunction with the oral corticosteroid for at least four weeks before gradually titrating isotretinoin up as tolerated and reducing the corticosteroid dose. Providers may consider combination therapy with oral corticosteroids and tetracyclines for acne fulminans, but it is less effective.32

                           

                          Acne Conglobata

                          Acne conglobata is a severe form of nodular acne that primarily affects males. Large draining lesions, sinus tracts (linear, burrowing lesions resulting when multiple nodules merge), and severe scarring are characteristic of acne conglobata. Unlike acne fulminans, acne conglobata is not associated with systemic symptoms.3 The recommended treatment is oral isotretinoin, but isotretinoin may also occasionally cause severe flares at the start of therapy. Similar to the treatment for acne fulminans, low initial doses of isotretinoin (0.5 mg/kg per day or less) with oral corticosteroids before or during isotretinoin therapy are usually required.32 Intralesional glucocorticoid injections with triamcinolone acetonide have demonstrated efficacy as an adjunct treatment for severe nodular acne lesions.1,11 Additionally, tetracycline antibiotics have been used for severe nodular acne and may play a role in the treatment of acne conglobata, but they cannot be combined with isotretinoin due to the increased risk of pseudotumor cerebri.56 Case reports supporting the use of tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibitors (i.e., etanercept, adalimumab, and infliximab) have been documented, but more research is needed.57-59

                           

                          Physical Modalities and Complementary and Alternative Medicine

                          While various physical modalities have been employed to treat acne vulgaris, limited evidence supports these approaches in the peer-reviewed medical literature.1 Comedeo extraction performed by a professional using pressure and excision when necessary to physically remove comedones may be beneficial in resistant cases and is often used in practice. Use of topical tretinoin cream for four to six weeks prior to extraction may be advantageous.23

                           

                          Several studies suggest that chemical peels may improve acne mildly, particularly in patients with non-inflammatory comedonal lesions.60-62 However, more large-scale, high-quality double-blinded placebo-controlled trials are needed. Additionally, evidence suggests the need for multiple treatments, and the results may not be long-lasting.23,60 Most chemical peels contain glycolic acid or salicylic acid.1 Patients who are taking isotretinoin are not candidates for a chemical peel due to the increased potential for irritation. Pharmacists should counsel patients using topical retinoids to pause therapy for several days prior to receiving a chemical peel.23

                           

                          Microdermabrasion is a non-invasive superficial peeling modality in which abrasive crystals are propelled onto the skin and subsequently suctioned with a vacuum device, resulting in exfoliation of the outermost layer of the epidermis.23 A pilot study conducted in a cohort of 24 patients supports the use of microdermabrasion for acne, but these patients continued to take other acne medications throughout the study.63 High-quality evidence to support the effectiveness of microdermabrasion for acne is lacking.

                           

                          Laser and light-based therapies have been used to treat acne, but additional studies are needed to evaluate their efficacy.64 Dermatologists have used intense pulsed light, broad-spectrum continuous-wave visible light (i.e., blue light and red light), photodynamic therapy, photopneumatic technology, and laser sources such as potassium titanyl phosphate laser, pulsed dye laser, and infrared lasers.23 The guidelines conditionally recommend against adding pneumatic broadband light to adapalene 0.3% gel based on low certainty evidence, however available evidence is insufficient to establish recommendations for other light-based therapies.11

                           

                          Photodynamic therapy shows the most promise compared to the other laser and light therapies.65 With this modality, the dermatologist applies a photosensitizer, such as aminolevulinic acid, to the affected skin for 15 minutes to three hours.1 The skin then absorbs the photosensitizer where sebocytes (sebum-producing epithelial cells) absorb it preferentially. Subsequently, a laser or light device activates the photosensitizer that generates singlet oxygen species, damaging the sebaceous glands and reducing C. acnes bacteria. While this treatment has great potential, additional research is necessary to determine the optimal photosensitizer, incubation time, and light source.1

                           

                          Complementary and Alternative Medicine

                          Tea tree oil, also known as melaleuca oil, is an essential oil produced by steaming the leaves of the Australian tea tree. Tea tree oil has been used for a variety of conditions and possesses both antimicrobial and anti-inflammatory properties.66 Two clinical trials assessed tea tree oil’s effectiveness in acne vulgaris.67,68 A placebo-controlled trial determined that topical 5% tea tree oil is effective for mild to moderate acne vulgaris.67 A comparator trial compared tea tree oil to benzoyl peroxide for acne and demonstrated that tea tree oil is comparable to benzoyl peroxide with better tolerability but slower onset of action.68 Pharmacists should note that tea tree oil may be a good option for patients seeking a more natural remedy for acne. While data supports its use, the guidelines state that available evidence is insufficient to develop a recommendation on the use of tea tree oil for acne.11

                           

                          Alpha hydroxy acids, such as glycolic acid and lactic acid, are weak organic acids that induce skin peeling to improve acne and hyperpigmentation among other dermatologic conditions. They are available over the counter in a variety of dosage forms (e.g., creams, washes, lotions) and are used in higher concentrations for in-office chemical peels.23 Some preliminary evidence supports the use of alpha hydroxy acids for acne; however, they are thought to confer the most benefit when used synergistically as a component of a comprehensive acne regimen.69

                           

                          While conclusive studies supporting safety and efficacy are lacking, several marketed devices claim to improve acne using heat. These devices produce a pulse of heat directly to the lesion, which is thought to kill any C. acnes bacteria present and produce an anti-inflammatory effect. The FDA has cleared multiple devices for this purpose, meaning they have gone through a review process, but medical devices of this type do not undergo the rigorous FDA approval process that requires clinical trials.23, 70

                           

                          Conclusion

                          A variety of treatment options for acne vulgaris are available, and treatment selection is based on lesion severity and patient preference. Clinicians treat mild acne with topical medications, several of which are available OTC. Patients seeking OTC solutions may consider benzoyl peroxide, salicylic acid, or adapalene, and tea tree oil is an option for those seeking a more natural remedy. Topical therapies are often employed first for milder acne, however they are often beneficial as part of the treatment plan in more severe cases as well. Systemic medications such as antibiotics, hormonal medications, and isotretinoin treat moderate to severe acne. Pharmacy teams should ensure patients are aware of the potential for gastrointestinal symptoms with antibiotics and isotretinoin’s teratogenicity, among other potential adverse effects. Oral corticosteroids are appropriate for very severe cases involving relatively rare acne variants. Several other alternative therapies and physical modalities may be employed as part of the regimen for acne vulgaris, but more research is necessary to assess the safety and efficacy of these options.

                           

                           

                           

                          Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                          Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                          Pharmacist Post-test

                          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to:

                          1) Describe the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                          2) Outline topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                          3) Identify physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                          4) Review available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                          1. What are the four main contributing factors implicated in the development of acne vulgaris?
                          A. Hypokeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                          B. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                          C. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, reduced sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation

                          2. What dietary element is associated with an increase in acne lesions?
                          A. Dairy products
                          B. Omega-3-fatty acids
                          C. High fat diet

                          3. Jessica is a 14-year-old patient who presents with bothersome acne. She has primarily white heads and black heads and does not appear to have any inflammatory nodules. Which topical therapy would be MOST appropriate to start with as monotherapy?
                          A. Benzoyl Peroxide
                          B. Clindamycin
                          C. Tretinoin

                          4. What is the purpose of using benzoyl peroxide in addition to topical antibiotics for acne?
                          A. To reduce skin irritation
                          B. To improve the appearance of scarring
                          C. To reduce antibiotic resistance to C. acnes

                          5. Which topical retinoid is available over-the-counter without a prescription?
                          A. Adapalene
                          B. Tretinoin
                          C. Tazarotene

                          6. Which systemic medication is usually used as monotherapy for severe acne?
                          A. Tetracycline
                          B. Spironolactone
                          C. Isotretinoin

                          7. Matthew is a 17-year-old male who was taking minocycline for his moderate to severe acne. He experienced significant gastrointestinal symptoms, so he stopped taking it. What is the MOST reasonable option to consider next?
                          A. Doxycycline
                          B. Spironolactone
                          C. Isotretinoin

                          8. Which laser/light-based therapy shows the most promise for acne treatment?
                          A. Photodynamic therapy
                          B. Photopneumatic technology
                          C. Infrared lasers

                          9. Which of the following BEST describes acne conglobata?
                          A. A rare form of acne vulgaris characterized by sudden development of large, inflammatory nodules, and friable plaques
                          B. A severe form of nodular acne characterized by large draining lesions, sinus tracts, and severe scarring
                          C. A severe variation of papulopustular acne with deep-seated, inflamed, and often tender, large papules or nodules

                          10. Which alternative therapy originates from a plant source in Australia?
                          A. Tea tree oil
                          B. Glycolic acid
                          C. Lactic acid

                          Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                          Acne Vulgaris Pathogenesis and Treatment

                          Pharmacy Technician Post-test

                          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:

                          1) Describe the pathogenesis of acne, including the potential role of diet
                          2) Outline topical and systemic pharmacologic therapies used to treat acne
                          3) Identify physical modalities with utility in treating acne
                          4) Review available evidence supporting complementary and alternative medicine use for acne

                          1. What are the four main contributing factors implicated in the development of acne vulgaris?
                          A. Hypokeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                          B. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, increased sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation
                          C. Hyperkeratinization of follicles, reduced sebum production, C. acnes bacteria, and inflammation

                          2. What dietary element is associated with an increase in acne lesions?
                          A. Dairy products
                          B. Omega-3-fatty acids
                          C. High fat diet

                          3. Which topical acne treatment can cause bleaching of fabric and hair?
                          A. Tretinoin
                          B. Benzoyl peroxide
                          C. Adapalene

                          4. Which class of antibiotics is a first-line treatment for moderate to severe acne?
                          A. Penicillins (e.g., amoxicillin, ampicillin, dicloxacillin)
                          B. Tetracyclines (e.g., doxycycline, minocycline, sarecycline)
                          C. Macrolides (e.g., azithromycin, erythromycin)

                          5. Which topical retinoid is available over-the-counter without a prescription?
                          A. Adapalene
                          B. Tretinoin
                          C. Tazarotene

                          6. Which of the following is a non-invasive superficial peeling modality in which abrasive crystals are propelled onto the skin and subsequently suctioned within a vacuum device?
                          A. Photodynamic therapy
                          B. Chemical peel
                          C. Microdermabrasion

                          7. IPLEDGE is a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) used for which acne medication, meaning this medication cannot be dispensed without the provider, patient, and pharmacy registering with this program?
                          A. Sarecycline
                          B. Isotretinoin
                          C. Trifarotene

                          8. Which laser/light-based therapy shows the most promise for acne treatment?
                          A. Photodynamic therapy
                          B. Photopneumatic technology
                          C. Infrared lasers

                          9. Which medications for moderate to severe acne can only be used to treat acne in individuals assigned female sex at birth?
                          A. Combined oral contraceptives and spironolactone
                          B. Combined oral contraceptives and isotretinoin
                          C. Spironolactone and isotretinoin

                          10. Which alternative therapy originates from a plant source in Australia?
                          A. Tea tree oil
                          B. Glycolic acid
                          C. Lactic acid

                          References

                          Full List of References

                          References

                             

                            1. Zaenglein AL, Pathy AL, Schlosser BJ, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of acne vulgaris [published correction appears in J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82(6):1576]. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2016;74(5):945-73. e33. doi: 10.1016/j.jaad.2015.12.037
                            2. Karimkhani C, Dellavalle RP, Coffeng LE, et al. Global Skin Disease Morbidity and Mortality: An Update From the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. JAMA Dermatol. 2017;153(5):406-412. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2016.5538
                            3. Thiboutot D, Zaenglein AL. Pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of acne vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated March 29, 2022. Accessed January 15, 2024.
                            4. Skin conditions by the numbers. American Academy of Dermatology. Accessed January 22, 2024. https://www.aad.org/media/stats-numbers
                            5. Dreno B, Bettoli V, Perez M, Bouloc A, Ochsendorf F. Cutaneous lesions caused by mechanical injury. Eur J Dermatol. 2015;25(2):114-121. doi:10.1684/ejd.2014.2502
                            6. Baldwin H, Tan J. Effects of Diet on Acne and Its Response to Treatment. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2021;22(1):55-65. doi:10.1007/s40257-020-00542-y
                            7. Fabbrocini G, Bertona M, Picazo Ó, Pareja-Galeano H, Monfrecola G, Emanuele E. Supplementation with Lactobacillus rhamnosus SP1 normalises skin expression of genes implicated in insulin signalling and improves adult acne. Benef Microbes. 2016;7(5):625-630. doi:10.3920/BM2016.0089
                            8. Snast I, Dalal A, Twig G, et al. Acne and obesity: A nationwide study of 600,404 adolescents. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019; 81:723-729. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2019.04.009
                            9. Di Landro A, Cazzaniga S, Parazzini F, et al. Family history, body mass index, selected dietary factors, menstrual history, and risk of moderate to severe acne in adolescents and young adults. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012; 67:1129-1135. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2012.02.018
                            10. Graber E. Acne Vulgaris: Overview of Management. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated February 23, 2023. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                            11. Reynolds RV, Yeung H, Cheng CE, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of acne vulgaris. J Am Acad Dermatol. Published online January 30, 2024. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.12.017
                            12. Tretinoin. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/624?n=Tretinoin,%20ATRA
                            13. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. c2024- Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/
                            14. Tretinoin. Drug Facts and Comparisons. Facts & Comparisons eAnswers. Wolters Kluwer Health, Inc. Philadelphia, PA. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://fco.factsandcomparisons.com/lco/action/doc/retrieve/docid/fc_dfc/5550094?cesid=6zisiI6aW6o&searchUrl=%2Flco%2Faction%2Fsearch%3Fq%3Dtretinoin%2Btopical%26t%3Dname%26acs%3Dtrue%26acq%3Dtretinoin%26nq%3Dtrue
                            15. Differin gel 0.3% [prescribing information]. Galderma; Updated August 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2022/021753s011lbl.pdf
                            16. Kolli SS, Pecone D, Pona A, Cline A, Feldman SR. Topical Retinoids in Acne Vulgaris: A Systematic Review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2019;20(3):345-365. doi:10.1007/s40257-019-00423-z
                            17. Tazorac gel [prescribing information]. Almirall, LLC; Updated August 2019. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://adam.almirall.com/m/7c8e5afa9250b521/original/Tazorac_Gel_USPI_final_Aug2019.pdf
                            18. Aklief [prescribing information]. Galderma Laboratories LP; Updated January 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.aklief.com/prescribing-information
                            19. Brumfiel CM, Patel MH, Bell KA, Cardis MA. Assessing the Safety and Efficacy of Trifarotene in the Treatment of Acne Vulgaris. Ther Clin Risk Manag. 2021;17:755-763. Published 2021 Jul 26. doi:10.2147/TCRM.S286953
                            20. Benzoyl peroxide. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1209?n=Benzoyl%20Peroxide
                            21. Seidler EM, Kimball AB. Meta-analysis comparing efficacy of benzoyl peroxide, clindamycin, benzoyl peroxide with salicylic acid, and combination benzoyl peroxide/clindamycin in acne. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010; 63:52-62. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2009.07.052
                            22. Salicylic acid. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1548?n=Salicylic%20Acid
                            23. Dover JS, Batra P. Light-based, adjunctive and other therapies for acne vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated October 26, 2021. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                            24. Azelaic acid. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/1201?n=Azelaic%20Acid
                            25. Graupe K, Cunliffe WJ, Gollnick HP, Zaumseil RP. Efficacy and safety of topical azelaic acid (20 percent cream): an overview of results from European clinical trials and experimental reports. Cutis. 1996;57(1 Suppl):20-35.
                            26. Gollnick HP, Graupe K, Zaumseil RP. [Azelaic acid 15% gel in the treatment of acne vulgaris. Combined results of two double-blind clinical comparative studies]. J Dtsch Dermatol Ges. 2004;2(10):841-847. doi:10.1046/j.1439-0353.2004.04731.x
                            27. Draelos ZD, Carter E, Maloney JM, et al. Two randomized studies demonstrate the efficacy and safety of dapsone gel, 5% for the treatment of acne vulgaris. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2007;56(3). doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2006.10.005
                            28. Lucky AW, Maloney JM, Roberts J, et al. Dapsone gel 5% for the treatment of acne vulgaris: safety and efficacy of long-term (1 year) treatment. J Drugs Dermatol. 2007; 6:981-987.
                            29. Tanghetti E, Harper JC, Oefelein MG. The efficacy and tolerability of dapsone 5% gel in female vs male patients with facial acne vulgaris: gender as a clinically relevant outcome variable. J Drugs Dermatol. 2012;11(12):1417-1421.
                            30. Peterson H, Kircik L, Armstrong AW. Individual Article: Clascoterone Cream 1%: Mechanism of Action, Efficacy, and Safety of a Novel, First-in-Class Topical Antiandrogen Therapy for Acne. J Drugs Dermatol. 2023;22(6):SF350992s7-SF350992s14.
                            31. Hebert A, Thiboutot D, Stein Gold L, et al. Efficacy and Safety of Topical Clascoterone Cream, 1%, for Treatment in Patients with Facial Acne: Two Phase 3 Randomized Clinical Trials. JAMA Dermatol. 2020;156(6):621-630. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2020.0465
                            32. Graber E. Acne vulgaris: management of moderate to severe acne in adolescents and adults. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Owen C (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated May 20, 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024.
                            33. Doxycycline. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/212?n=Doxycycline
                            34. Moore A, Ling M, Bucko A, Manna V, Rueda MJ. Efficacy and Safety of Subantimicrobial Dose, Modified-Release Doxycycline 40 mg Versus Doxycycline 100 mg Versus Placebo for the treatment of Inflammatory Lesions in Moderate and Severe Acne: A Randomized, Double-Blinded, Controlled Study. J Drugs Dermatol. 2015 Jun;14(6):581-6. PMID: 26091383.
                            35. Skidmore R, Kovach R, Walker C, et al. Effects of subantimicrobial-dose doxycycline in the treatment of moderate acne. Arch Dermatol. 2003;139(4):459-464. doi:10.1001/archderm.139.4.459
                            36. Toossi P, Farshchian M, Malekzad F, Mohtasham N, Kimyai-Asadi A. Subantimicrobial-dose doxycycline in the treatment of moderate facial acne. J Drugs Dermatol. 2008;7(12):1149-1152.
                            37. Garner SE, Eady A, Bennett C, Newton JN, Thomas K, Popescu CM. Minocycline for acne vulgaris: efficacy and safety. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD002086. Published 2012 Aug 15. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD002086.pub2
                            38. Seysara [prescribing information]. Almirall LLC; Updated March 2023. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://static.almirall.us/pdf/Seysara-Prescribing-Information.pdf
                            39. Kim JE, Park AY, Lee SY, Park YL, Whang KU, Kim HJ. Comparison of the Efficacy of Azithromycin Versus Doxycycline in Acne Vulgaris: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Ann Dermatol. 2018;30(4):417-426. doi:10.5021/ad.2018.30.4.417
                            40. Nakase K, Okamoto Y, Aoki S, Noguchi N. Long-term administration of oral macrolides for acne treatment increases macrolide-resistant Propionibacterium acnes. J Dermatol. 2018;45(3):340-343. doi:10.1111/1346-8138.14178
                            41. Fenner JA, Wiss K, Levin NA. Oral cephalexin for acne vulgaris: clinical experience with 93 patients. Pediatr Dermatol. 2008;25(2):179-183. doi:10.1111/j.1525-1470.2008.00628.x
                            42. Amzeeq [prescribing information]. Journey Medical Corporation; Updated February 2022. Accessed January 25, 2024. https://www.amzeeq.com/sites/default/files/2022-05/AMZEEQ-Prescribing-Information.pdf
                            43. Gold LS, Dhawan S, Weiss J, et al. A novel topical minocycline foam for the treatment of moderate-to-severe acne vulgaris: Results of 2 randomized, double-blind, phase 3 studies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80(1):168-177. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2018.08.020
                            44. Raoof TJ, Hooper D, Moore A, et al. Efficacy and safety of a novel topical minocycline foam for the treatment of moderate to severe acne vulgaris: A phase 3 study. J Am Acad Dermatol 2020; 82:832
                            45. Owen C. Oral Isotretinoin Therapy for Acne Vulgaris. In: UpToDate, Dellavalle RP, Levy ML, Callen J (Eds), Wolters Kluwer. Updated March 24, 2023. Accessed February 12, 2024.
                            46. Isotretinoin. Clinical Pharmacology powered by ClinicalKey. Philadelphia (PA): Elsevier. Accessed January 25, 2024. Available from: https://www.clinicalkey.com/pharmacology/monograph/330?n=Isotretinoin
                            47. Draghici CC, Miulescu RG, Petca RC, Petca A, Dumitrașcu MC, Șandru F. Teratogenic effect of isotretinoin in both fertile females and males (Review). Exp Ther Med. 2021;21(5):534. doi:10.3892/etm.2021.9966
                            48. Marqueling AL, Zane LT. Depression and suicidal behavior in acne patients treated with isotretinoin: a systematic review. Semin Cutan Med Surg. 2005;24(2):92-102. doi:10.1016/j.sder.2005.04.003
                            49. Magin P, Pond D, Smith W. Isotretinoin, depression and suicide: a review of the evidence. Br J Gen Pract 2005; 55:134.
                            50. Alhusayen RO, Juurlink DN, Mamdani MM, et al. Isotretinoin use and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease: a population-based cohort study. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133(4):907-912. doi:10.1038/jid.2012.387
                            51. Kridin K, Ludwig RJ. Isotretinoin and the risk of inflammatory bowel disease and irritable bowel syndrome: A large-scale global study. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88(4):824-830. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2022.12.015
                            52. Taylor MT, Margolis DJ, Kwatra SG, Barbieri JS. A propensity score matched cohort study identifying an association of acne, but not oral antibiotic or isotretinoin use, with risk of incident inflammatory bowel disease. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2023;88(4):841-847. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2023.01.014
                            53. Roberts EE, Nowsheen S, Davis DMR, Hand JL, Tollefson MM, Wetter DA. Use of spironolactone to treat acne in adolescent females. Pediatr Dermatol. 2021;38(1):72-76. doi:10.1111/pde.14391
                            54. Saint-Jean M, Ballanger F, Nguyen JM, Khammari A, Dréno B. Importance of spironolactone in the treatment of acne in adult women. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2011;25(12):1480-1481. doi:10.1111/j.1468-3083.2010.03926.x
                            55. Roberts EE, Nowsheen S, Davis MDP, et al. Treatment of acne with spironolactone: a retrospective review of 395 adult patients at Mayo Clinic, 2007-2017. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2020;34(9):2106-2110. doi:10.1111/jdv.16302
                            56. Greydanus DE, Azmeh R, Cabral MD, Dickson CA, Patel DR. Acne in the first three decades of life: An update of a disorder with profound implications for all decades of life. Dis Mon. 2021;67(4):101103. doi:10.1016/j.disamonth.2020.101103
                            57. Campione E, Mazzotta AM, Bianchi L, Chimenti S. Severe acne successfully treated with etanercept. Acta Derm Venereol. 2006;86(3):256-257. doi:10.2340/00015555-0046
                            58. Sand FL, Thomsen SF. Adalimumab for the treatment of refractory acne conglobata. JAMA Dermatol. 2013;149(11):1306-1307. doi:10.1001/jamadermatol.2013.6678
                            59. Shirakawa M, Uramoto K, Harada FA. Treatment of acne conglobata with infliximab. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2006;55(2):344-346. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2005.06.008
                            60. Kessler E, Flanagan K, Chia C, Rogers C, Glaser DA. Comparison of alpha- and beta-hydroxy acid chemical peels in the treatment of mild to moderately severe facial acne vulgaris. Dermatol Surg. 2008;34(1):45-51. doi:10.1111/j.1524-4725.2007.34007.x
                            61. Atzori L, Brundu MA, Orru A, Biggio P. Glycolic acid peeling in the treatment of acne. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 1999;12(2):119-122.
                            62. Lee HS, Kim IH. Salicylic acid peels for the treatment of acne vulgaris in Asian patients. Dermatol Surg. 2003;29(12):1196-1199. doi:10.1111/j.1524-4725.2003.29384.x
                            63. Lloyd JR. The use of microdermabrasion for acne: a pilot study. Dermatol Surg. 2001;27(4):329-331. doi:10.1046/j.1524-4725.2001.00313.x
                            64. Barbaric J, Abbott R, Posadzki P, et al. Light therapies for acne. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;9(9):CD007917. Published 2016 Sep 27. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD007917.pub2
                            65. Boen M, Brownell J, Patel P, Tsoukas MM. The Role of Photodynamic Therapy in Acne: An Evidence-Based Review. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2017;18(3):311-321. doi:10.1007/s40257-017-0255-3
                            66. Carson CF, Hammer KA, Riley TV. Melaleuca alternifolia (Tea Tree) oil: a review of antimicrobial and other medicinal properties. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2006 Jan;19(1):50-62. doi: 10.1128/CMR.19.1.50-62.2006. PMID: 16418522; PMCID
                            67. Enshaieh S, Jooya A, Siadat AH, Iraji F. The efficacy of 5% topical tea tree oil gel in mild to moderate acne vulgaris: a randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled study. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2007;73(1):22-25. doi:10.4103/0378-6323.30646
                            68. Bassett IB, Pannowitz DL, Barnetson RS. A comparative study of tea-tree oil versus benzoylperoxide in the treatment of acne. Med J Aust. 1990;153(8):455-458. doi:10.5694/j.1326-5377.1990.tb126150.x
                            69. Tung RC, Bergfeld WF, Vidimos AT, Remzi BK. alpha-Hydroxy acid-based cosmetic procedures. Guidelines for patient management. Am J Clin Dermatol. 2000;1(2):81-88. doi:10.2165/00128071-200001020-00002
                            70. Badgwell Doherty C, Doherty SD, Rosen T. Thermotherapy in dermatologic infections. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2010;62(6):909-928. doi:10.1016/j.jaad.2009.09.055